Urgent Warnings, Breakthrough Solutions, Second Edition
Urgent Warnings, Breakthrough Solutions, Second Edition
Urgent Warnings, Breakthrough Solutions, Second Edition
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
• The Global MegaCrisis<br />
• Eroding Futures: Why Healthy Soil<br />
Matters to Civilization<br />
• The Top 20 (Plus 5) Technologies for the<br />
World Ahead<br />
• The Coming Robot Evolution Race<br />
• A Convenient Truth about Clean Energy<br />
• Relationships, Community, and Identity<br />
in the New Virtual Society<br />
• Why Farmers Need a Pay Raise<br />
• The Singularity’s Impact on Business<br />
Leaders<br />
• The World Is My School<br />
• Global, Mobile, Virtual, and Social:<br />
The College Campus of Tomorrow<br />
• Technology’s Role in Revolution<br />
• Asia Redraws the Map of Progress<br />
• Strategies for Living a Very Long Life<br />
• Building a Better Future for Haiti
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>, 2nd <strong>Edition</strong>. World Future Society. 2011.<br />
Introduction<br />
Futurists are a unique breed of thinkers,<br />
who aren’t content with simply being told<br />
what the future may be like. They have an<br />
urgent need to know how other prognosticators<br />
arrive at their conclusions, they question<br />
the levels of uncertainty about these forecasts,<br />
and—more importantly—they want<br />
their own tools and resources for understanding<br />
all aspects of the future.<br />
For this second edition of the World Future<br />
Society’s exclusive report for its new members,<br />
the editors of THE FUTURIST magazine<br />
have selected recent articles that deliver<br />
the best possible introduction to what futurists<br />
do.<br />
We begin with an overview of the global<br />
problems we now face, as two prominent futurists<br />
offer their unique perspectives on<br />
four different scenarios for how the world<br />
may address these problems.<br />
The remainder of this report comprises<br />
thought-provoking articles that cover the six<br />
principal areas of futures analysis: Science<br />
and Technology, Earth, Humanity, Commerce,<br />
Governance, and the field of Futuring<br />
itself.<br />
We hope this introduction to the future<br />
will show you that the urgent warnings all<br />
around us can inspire innovative breakthrough<br />
solutions that will help us all build a<br />
better tomorrow today.<br />
Cynthia G. Wagner<br />
Editor, THE FUTURIST<br />
Overview<br />
2<br />
The Global MegaCrisis: Four Scenarios,<br />
Two Perspectives<br />
By William E. Halal and Michael Marien<br />
Sci/Tech<br />
9<br />
The Top 20 (Plus 5) Technologies for the<br />
World Ahead<br />
By James H. Irvine and Sandra Schwarzbach<br />
18<br />
The Coming Robot Evolution Race<br />
By Steven M. Shaker<br />
Earth<br />
22<br />
Eroding Futures: Why Healthy Soil Matters to<br />
Civilization<br />
By Lester R. Brown<br />
30<br />
A Convenient Truth about Clean Energy<br />
By Carl E. Schoder<br />
Commerce<br />
35<br />
Relationships, Community, and Identity in the<br />
New Virtual Society<br />
By Arnold Brown<br />
41<br />
The Singularity’s Impact on Business Leaders:<br />
A Scenario<br />
By Barton Kunstler<br />
48<br />
Why Farmers Need a Pay Raise<br />
By Julian Cribb<br />
Humanity<br />
51<br />
The World Is My School: Welcome to the Era of<br />
Personalized Learning<br />
By Maria H. Andersen<br />
57<br />
Global, Mobile, Virtual, and Social:<br />
The College Campus of Tomorrow<br />
By John Dew<br />
Governance<br />
62<br />
Technology’s Role in Revolution:<br />
Internet Freedom and Political Oppression<br />
By Evgeny Morozov<br />
66<br />
Asia Redraws the Map of Progress<br />
By Joergen Oerstroem Moeller<br />
Futuring<br />
72<br />
Strategies for Living a Very Long Life<br />
By Verne Wheelwright<br />
78<br />
Building a Better Future for Haiti<br />
A discussion with Raymond Alcide Joseph, Paul Joseph,<br />
and Emmanuel Henry, conducted by Timothy Mack<br />
and Cynthia G. Wagner
By William E. Halal and Michael Marien<br />
Global MegaCrisis<br />
Four Scenarios, Two Perspectives<br />
Two futurists map out the convergence of multiple global challenges,<br />
offering divergent viewpoints—one optimistic and one pessimistic—<br />
on the likelihood of successfully meeting these challenges and turning<br />
them into global progress.<br />
Killer pandemics, financial meltdowns,<br />
runaway global warming,<br />
environmental decay, nuclear war,<br />
cyberdisasters: These catastrophes<br />
are becoming increasingly routine<br />
headlines. But as the mainstream<br />
press focuses only on individual extreme<br />
events, attention is drawn<br />
away from an issue far more complex:<br />
the convergence of multiple<br />
problems into a Global MegaCrisis.<br />
This article offers an explanation of<br />
this complex issue, as well as four<br />
plausible scenarios based on how we<br />
and our institutions approach it.<br />
The Global MegaCrisis cuts across<br />
all sectors in an era of multiple transformations.<br />
The Iraq War demonstrated<br />
the limits of U.S. military<br />
power, and the 2008 global financial<br />
crisis highlighted the limits of deregulated<br />
markets. With these founda-<br />
tions of the old global order shaken<br />
badly, the growing threat of climate<br />
change, looming energy shortages,<br />
huge government deficits, terrorism,<br />
and a host of wild cards now form a<br />
complex interplay of destructive<br />
forces that are straining established<br />
systems to the breaking point. These<br />
multiple threats converge like a<br />
multi-vehicle freeway pileup in slow<br />
motion. If it had not been bad mortgages<br />
and arcane derivatives, other<br />
driving forces in these complex systems<br />
might have caused roughly the<br />
same type of global failure. And<br />
more failures seem all too likely.<br />
The Global MegaCrisis: What Is It<br />
And What Does It Look Like?<br />
The MegaCrisis, simply defined, is<br />
a global environmental and eco-<br />
nomic collapse or near collapse,<br />
along with attendant problems of<br />
rising prices, mass protests, widespread<br />
psychic stress, and lawlessness.<br />
We present the following tentative<br />
outline to better paint a picture<br />
of what MegaCrisis might look like.<br />
Some Trends Driving the MegaCrisis<br />
• Climate Change, No Matter<br />
What. The year 2010 marked the hottest<br />
year (and decade) on record. The<br />
world has already seen a 1°F temperature<br />
rise, and an additional 4°–6° rise is<br />
likely even if all proposed actions are<br />
taken. Expect possibly 10°F in the next<br />
few decades if greenhouse gases keep<br />
growing. In addition, the projected<br />
sea-level rise in the 2007 Intergovernmental<br />
Panel on Climate Change<br />
(IPCC) report was 16 inches by 2100;<br />
now it is about three to six feet by 2100.<br />
2 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
Complicating this first point is the<br />
fact that reducing CO 2<br />
is costly. The<br />
science indicates that greenhouse<br />
gases must be reduced by 60% from<br />
1980 levels to avoid severe climate<br />
change. This would cost roughly $20<br />
trillion, or about 1% to 3% of global<br />
GDP, if done soon, but would be far<br />
more costly if done later. The problem<br />
is even more daunting because<br />
most developing nations are likely to<br />
industrialize, and most industrialized<br />
nations are likely to grow, increasing<br />
all these threats over the<br />
long term.<br />
• Political Will to Reduce CO 2<br />
Is<br />
Lacking. There are as yet no global<br />
agreements that would decrease carbon<br />
emissions significantly. Meanwhile,<br />
China, India, and the United<br />
States are planning to build a total of<br />
850 coal-fired plants, adding five<br />
times as much CO 2<br />
to the atmosphere<br />
as present treaties intend to<br />
reduce.<br />
• Methane May Be Worse Than<br />
CO 2<br />
. Keep your eye on methane, a<br />
potent greenhouse gas that is 23<br />
times worse than CO 2<br />
, although it<br />
doesn’t stay in the atmosphere as<br />
long. Large quantities of methane<br />
are being released from thawing tundra<br />
in the Arctic region, and still<br />
larger quantities may be released<br />
from icelike methane clathrates on<br />
the ocean floor in coastal areas.<br />
• Freshwater Is Becoming More<br />
Scarce. Nearly a billion people lack<br />
clean water, and 2.6 billion lack good<br />
sanitation. Water tables are falling on<br />
all continents, and the World Bank<br />
estimates that, by 2025, half of the<br />
world population could face water<br />
scarcity due to climate change, population<br />
growth, and increasing demand<br />
for water. Unless major<br />
changes occur, global water shortages<br />
are likely to cause mass migrations,<br />
higher food prices, malnutrition,<br />
and major conflicts.<br />
• Recession Likely to Last for<br />
Years. The Great Recession that began<br />
in 2008 is often compared to the<br />
Great Depression of 1930, which<br />
lasted until 1940. The International<br />
Monetary Fund forecasts growth for<br />
the next two years at slightly above<br />
2% in developed nations, although it<br />
should remain at 8% in the developing<br />
world. Some economists think<br />
unemployment rates between 8%<br />
“Suddenly, many of the concerns we were forewarned<br />
of over recent decades are at hand.”<br />
and 9% are quite likely for several<br />
years, much like Japan’s “lost<br />
decade” in the 1990s.<br />
• Severe Institutional Failures.<br />
The near collapse of the world’s financial<br />
system in 2008 highlighted<br />
structural failures in the financial industry,<br />
government, and other institutions.<br />
A study of 1,500 CEOs<br />
noted: “The world’s leaders think<br />
their enterprises are not equipped to<br />
cope with complexity in the global<br />
environment.” Nobel Prize–winning<br />
economist Joseph Stiglitz wrote,<br />
“The financial collapse may be to<br />
markets what the Berlin Wall was to<br />
Communism.”<br />
• Cyberwarfare/Cyberterrorism.<br />
Computer hacking is growing, commensurate<br />
with the boom in global<br />
e-commerce. U.S. military networks,<br />
nuclear facilities, banks, air-trafficcontrol<br />
systems, and electrical grids<br />
are under constant attack. The U.S.<br />
Naval War College was shut down<br />
by hackers for more than two weeks<br />
in 2006. The threat is so great that<br />
one expert suggested installing<br />
“cyberwar hotlines” similar to the<br />
special phones that the United States<br />
and Soviet Union used to avoid nuclear<br />
Armageddon.<br />
• Weapons of Mass Destruction.<br />
The old status quo of MAD (mutually<br />
assured destruction) may have<br />
kept two superpowers locked in a<br />
stalemate, but it is no longer viable<br />
with nine contending nuclear powers<br />
(and more likely to emerge, including<br />
terrorist groups). Between<br />
1993 and the end of 2009, the Illicit<br />
Trafficking Database recorded 1,784<br />
nuclear trafficking incidents.<br />
Suddenly, many of the concerns<br />
we were forewarned of over recent<br />
decades are at hand. The future is arriving—and<br />
with a vengeance. There<br />
is a palpable and widespread fear<br />
that the present world is unsustainable<br />
and that events could easily<br />
spin out of control. Scientists are<br />
convinced that a 60% reduction in<br />
carbon-dioxide emissions is needed<br />
to stave off ruinous climate change,<br />
but achieving that goal looks so unrealistic<br />
that many are girding to<br />
withstand a significant rise in sea<br />
levels, scorching heat, withering<br />
droughts, and more extreme weather<br />
patterns. Policy makers in major<br />
world capitals, including Washington,<br />
are seriously considering geoengineering<br />
the planet as a last-ditch<br />
effort to stave off disaster. The Mega-<br />
Crisis represents what could occur if<br />
the human species fails to transform<br />
its economies, technologies, politics,<br />
and lifestyles into something more<br />
sustainable within the next two decades.<br />
Debating the Global MegaCrisis<br />
And Its Outcomes<br />
With these political, financial, and<br />
ecological crises threatening the<br />
world, the two of us engaged in a<br />
spirited e-mail discussion, later published<br />
in World Future Review (“Letter<br />
to the Editor: A Dialogue Between<br />
William E. Halal and Michael<br />
Marien,” June-July 2009). We then<br />
published a survey on TechCast.org<br />
to encourage discussion and to learn<br />
what others think. The survey summarizes<br />
our differing views and asks<br />
TechCast experts and visitors to<br />
evaluate the severity of the Global<br />
MegaCrisis and the probability of<br />
four alternative scenarios.<br />
The four scenarios run along a<br />
single axis from pessimistic to optimistic.<br />
This enables us to focus on alternative<br />
outcomes for the entire<br />
world or entire societies moving<br />
through a period of crisis.<br />
Scenario 1: Decline to Disaster<br />
The world fails to react to the<br />
Global MegaCrisis in time. Indecision<br />
reigns due to too many choices,<br />
too many entrenched interest<br />
groups, and too few resources to<br />
make necessary changes. Huge government<br />
deficits persist, leading to<br />
failures of public services and an inability<br />
to make crucial transition investments<br />
in energy, education, and<br />
infrastructure. Governments are unable<br />
to reform financial systems,<br />
curb global warming, reduce military<br />
spending, or conquer deficits.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 3
Most corporations remain focused<br />
on short-term profit. Technological<br />
advances are shelved, delayed, controversial,<br />
or fail to help. Climate<br />
change accelerates, thanks in part to<br />
large amounts of methane complementing<br />
the carbon dioxide being released<br />
into the atmosphere, resulting<br />
in more extreme weather events,<br />
massive migrations, and crop losses.<br />
The bottom line: a global economic<br />
depression, crippling energy shortages,<br />
ecological collapse, local and<br />
regional wars, rampant terrorism,<br />
crime, corruption, and more.<br />
Scenario 2: Muddling Down<br />
Halfhearted, inadequate actions<br />
result in the apparent paradox of a<br />
high-tech dark age. Political stalemates,<br />
general ignorance about the<br />
complexity of the problems, and lack<br />
of resources stymie all but the most<br />
modest changes in financial systems,<br />
governance, energy, and education.<br />
The promise of new technologies is<br />
only partly met, and pollution and<br />
population pressures continue as the<br />
world population passes 7 billion in<br />
late 2011. The effects of climate<br />
change become even more extreme.<br />
Meanwhile, recovery from the Great<br />
Recession is slow and uneven, and<br />
the number of failed states rises. Local<br />
wars and terrorist attacks increase.<br />
Despite claims of progress by political<br />
and corporate leaders, high<br />
unemployment persists and the<br />
quality of life declines for most<br />
people.<br />
Scenario 3: Muddling Up<br />
Governments and corporations act<br />
slowly, but with increasing knowledge.<br />
Mounting threats spur generally<br />
successful efforts. Far more sophisticated<br />
information technology<br />
(IT) and artificial intelligence (AI)<br />
provide powerful technical capabilities<br />
to help counter the challenges.<br />
The sense of urgency builds as problems<br />
increase, so public attitudes<br />
shift enough to favor needed<br />
changes, and reasonably good leadership<br />
is able to provide guidance.<br />
There are relatively minor disasters<br />
along the way but little that is catastrophic<br />
for an entire region or the<br />
planet. A rudimentary but functioning<br />
global order emerges to manage<br />
this advanced society in time to<br />
avert widespread disaster. Many<br />
new problems arise nonetheless, but<br />
most are adequately addressed.<br />
Scenario 4: Rise to Maturity<br />
The transition to a new global order<br />
is made quickly and easily. Governments<br />
and corporations act wisely<br />
and with determination, and are supported<br />
by the majority of people. The<br />
world surpasses the United Nations<br />
Millennium Development Goals of<br />
halving poverty by 2015, and many<br />
countries approach ecological<br />
sustainability (at least as it is currently<br />
defined). A conversion to clean,<br />
renewable energy happens quickly<br />
and provides a solid boost to many<br />
national and regional economies.<br />
Early Survey Results<br />
As of January 2011, our exploratory<br />
survey has been completed by<br />
60 responders, and more replies are<br />
coming in. It’s not a random sample;<br />
these are smart and thoughtful<br />
people. Here is the breakdown of responses<br />
to the initial question, “How<br />
severe is the potential threat posed<br />
by the Global MegaCrisis?”<br />
Table 1. Severity of the<br />
Potential Threat<br />
Severity Respondents (%)<br />
Catastrophic (Decline<br />
to Disaster)<br />
Could be the end<br />
of civilization for<br />
many if not all<br />
Severe (Muddling<br />
Down) Major declines<br />
in central<br />
aspects of life<br />
Bad (Muddling<br />
Up) Serious challenges<br />
likely to be<br />
met in time<br />
Overblown (Rise<br />
to Maturity) Problems<br />
greatly exaggerated;<br />
technology<br />
and the market<br />
can handle them<br />
Don’t Know / Too<br />
murky and can’t<br />
even make a guess<br />
22%<br />
60%<br />
13%<br />
4%<br />
2%<br />
Table 2. Probability of<br />
Four Scenarios<br />
Scenario Probability (%)<br />
Decline to Disaster<br />
World fails to<br />
react, resulting in<br />
accelerated climate<br />
change, widespread<br />
energy and water<br />
shortages, economic<br />
depression, conflict,<br />
etc.<br />
Muddling Down<br />
World reacts, partially,<br />
but problems<br />
continue to outdistance<br />
policies and<br />
technologies. Ecological<br />
damage continues,<br />
as does increased<br />
poverty, inequality,<br />
and<br />
conflict.<br />
Muddling Up<br />
World reacts out of<br />
need. Policies and<br />
technologies help<br />
make headway on<br />
problems. Widespread<br />
disaster<br />
avoided, but many<br />
problems remain.<br />
Rise to Maturity<br />
World transitions to<br />
a humane and<br />
responsible global<br />
order.<br />
25%<br />
35%<br />
28%<br />
12%<br />
We also asked respondents to estimate<br />
the probability for each of the<br />
four scenarios along the pessimism–<br />
optimism axis. This question frames<br />
the issue differently, but produces<br />
roughly the same general results: a<br />
60% probability for the two most<br />
pessimistic scenarios, compared<br />
with a 40% probability for the two<br />
most optimistic.<br />
The rough timetable for these<br />
four scenarios is estimated as follows.<br />
Note that the Muddling<br />
Down scenario is thought to occur<br />
earlier than the others; indeed,<br />
some think it has already begun.<br />
4 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
Here are the dates that respondents<br />
suggested:<br />
Table 3. Mean Arrival Dates<br />
Scenario<br />
Year<br />
Decline to Disaster 2029<br />
Muddling Down 2023<br />
Muddling Up 2027<br />
Rise to Maturity 2033<br />
Many respondents identified the<br />
key problems as chronic failures in<br />
governance, leadership, and cultural<br />
attitudes. They also believe that, despite<br />
such failures, humanity has a<br />
proven capacity to survive, usually<br />
by muddling up.<br />
Halal’s Analysis:<br />
The World Is Entering an<br />
Advanced Stage of Evolution<br />
Despite the enormity of the challenges,<br />
there is reason for hope. Advanced<br />
IT, along with the rise of<br />
green technologies and other new industries,<br />
will help spur an economic<br />
upcycle starting about 2015, and it is<br />
likely that the Global MegaCrisis<br />
will be largely resolved by 2020.<br />
That is why I rate the four scenarios<br />
as follows: Decline to Disaster, 10%;<br />
Muddling Down, 25%; Muddling<br />
Up, 60%; Rise to Maturity, 5%.<br />
The forces involved are so historic<br />
and powerful that a long-term evolutionary<br />
perspective is necessary to<br />
understand what is taking place.<br />
Our work at the TechCast Project<br />
shows that the Global MegaCrisis is<br />
the inevitable result of high-tech globalization<br />
that is causing what we<br />
call a “global crisis of maturity.” This<br />
is a critical growth phase in the life<br />
cycle of the planet, marked by unprecedented<br />
transition points in climate<br />
change, energy consumption,<br />
economic systems, and all other facets<br />
of an emerging global order. We<br />
also believe that the relentless advance<br />
of information technology is<br />
driving a transition to an advanced<br />
stage of civilization powered by new<br />
technologies, interrelated global sys-<br />
tems, adaptive social institutions,<br />
mounting knowledge and intelligence,<br />
and global consciousness.<br />
By combining our 70 forecasts of<br />
technology breakthroughs, we are<br />
able to produce “macroforecasts”<br />
that suggest that the Muddling Up<br />
scenario could occur in about 10<br />
years, give or take three years.<br />
Worldwide e-commerce is likely to<br />
take off in about five years to form a<br />
rudimentary version of the “global<br />
brain” that futurists have long anticipated.<br />
Around 2020 or so, we are<br />
likely to see second-generation computing<br />
(optical, nano, bio, and quantum)<br />
and artificial intelligence that<br />
can automate routine knowledge.<br />
These developments will enable<br />
people to concentrate on values, beliefs,<br />
ideologies, and other higher<br />
levels of thought and to focus most<br />
of their attention on solving crucial<br />
global challenges. This constitutes<br />
the next logical phase in the progression<br />
of society from agriculture to<br />
manufacturing, services, knowledge,<br />
and even consciousness itself.<br />
The central role of IT/AI is a game<br />
changer because it shifts the relationship<br />
between humans and machines<br />
in profound ways. Contrary to the<br />
assertion that AI will surpass human<br />
abilities, AI liberates us from mental<br />
drudgery and releases the unique<br />
human capability for higher consciousness<br />
at the very time that the<br />
world faces unprecedented challenges.<br />
This is hardly a coincidence,<br />
but rather the playing out of historic<br />
forces in the evolutionary cycle.<br />
Sure, there will be lots of information<br />
overload and confusion, because<br />
the world is struggling to take<br />
responsibility for its future or suffer<br />
enormous consequences. However,<br />
pollster John Zogby’s research<br />
shows a “fundamental reorientation<br />
of the American character: away<br />
from wanton consumption and toward<br />
a new global citizenry in an<br />
age of limited resources.”<br />
Events are likely to culminate<br />
around 2020, when we expect IT/AI<br />
to mature and the threats to reach intolerable<br />
levels as the global GDP almost<br />
doubles. Yes, the situation<br />
looks bleak, but it’s always darkest<br />
just before the dawn. The rise of consciousness<br />
can be seen even now in<br />
the way the economic crisis has pro-<br />
voked a widespread awareness of<br />
the need to transform business and<br />
government institutions, stabilize<br />
the world’s financial system, promote<br />
renewable energy, and halt climate<br />
change.<br />
It is not possible to know much<br />
more about this coming “Age of<br />
Global Awareness,” just as we never<br />
could have guessed that the Information<br />
Age would entail us being<br />
virtually inseparable from our PCs,<br />
laptops, and smart phones for practically<br />
every waking hour. I suspect<br />
we will use what I call “Technologies<br />
of Consciousness” to see us through<br />
the crisis of maturity.<br />
Technologies of Consciousness<br />
(ToC) are methods that shape awareness,<br />
emotions, values, beliefs, ideologies,<br />
choices, and states of mind.<br />
The ToCs in this survey range from<br />
so-called “hard” ToCs, such as artificial<br />
intelligence, biofeedback, virtual<br />
reality, and even cybernetic brain enhancements,<br />
to “soft” or “social”<br />
ToCs, such as collaborative enterprise,<br />
conflict resolution, and even<br />
meditation and prayer.<br />
The key tool in the ToC arsenal is<br />
the little-used power of collaborative<br />
problem solving. In a knowledge<br />
society, collaboration creates new solutions<br />
that can benefit all parties,<br />
but this is not yet well recognized.<br />
Maybe this collaborative article can<br />
serve as a small example.<br />
When we (Michael Marien and<br />
myself) started working together<br />
on this project, I thought many<br />
times that we could not go on because<br />
our views were so strikingly<br />
at odds. We were dealing with a<br />
tough issue, of course, but the<br />
problem was exacerbated because<br />
both of us have thought about<br />
futures for many decades, but from<br />
different perspectives. One of us is<br />
guardedly optimistic, while the<br />
other is decidedly pessimistic (albeit<br />
hoping to be proven wrong).<br />
By examining our differences in the<br />
light of compromise, we made important<br />
breakthroughs. Collaboration<br />
is a powerful approach to<br />
problem solving—and possibly the<br />
single best way to resolve the<br />
Global MegaCrisis. Technologies of<br />
Consciousness such as those mentioned<br />
above could greatly encourage<br />
collaboration.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 5
Marien’s Analysis:<br />
Infoglut, Ignorance, Indecision,<br />
and Inadequacy<br />
The two of us agree that both a<br />
Global MegaCrisis and an IT/AI explosion<br />
are under way, and that<br />
there are other technology revolutions<br />
ahead, as nicely summarized<br />
by the TechCast Project. The question<br />
is: Will the IT/AI explosion<br />
make things better? It is indeed “a<br />
game changer,” and it will change<br />
many games—for good and ill. It<br />
could bring convergence of thinking<br />
about important global issues and<br />
move attention to “higher levels of<br />
consciousness.” It is also just as<br />
likely to cause further information<br />
and growing inadequacy.” As a consequence,<br />
I rate the four scenarios as<br />
follows: Decline to Disaster, 20%;<br />
Muddling Down, 60%; Muddling Up,<br />
20%; and Rise to Maturity, 0%.<br />
Certainly there is more consciousness<br />
about global issues nowadays,<br />
and some actions are being taken to<br />
improve global governance. There is<br />
growing awareness of climate<br />
change. The “greening” of communities,<br />
businesses, and governments is<br />
under way in many places, and there<br />
is a veritable gold rush to develop a<br />
wide variety of clean energy technologies<br />
(for example, ExxonMobil’s recent<br />
claimed investment of $600 million<br />
to produce liquid fuels from<br />
algae). And yet the latest assessglut,<br />
fragmentation, degraded consciousness,<br />
indecision, and, ultimately,<br />
half-baked inadequate action.<br />
Based on the first decade or so<br />
of the Internet and vastly expanded<br />
information abundance of all sorts, I<br />
see no reason for unfettered optimism,<br />
which is simply wishful<br />
thinking in the end.<br />
In my essay “Futures Thinking and<br />
Macro-Systems: Our Era of Mal-<br />
Adaptive, Non-Adaptive, and Semi-<br />
Adaptive Systems” (World Future Review,<br />
April-May 2009), I argue that<br />
our increasingly complex social systems<br />
are adapting in the wrong direction,<br />
not adapting at all, or only<br />
partly adapting, which could well result<br />
in the paradox of “improvement<br />
Recently Published Books<br />
Other perspectives on the Global MegaCrisis<br />
To provide a broader sense of the MegaCrisis, we offer<br />
a summary of the problem as seen by a variety of<br />
prominent futurists and other writers.<br />
It is important to realize that there is no shared language<br />
on the general global condition. Nor is there any<br />
shared approach. Some writers use a balanced perspective<br />
that looks at both pessimistic and optimistic indicators,<br />
but most decidedly take one side or the other.<br />
Here is a sampling of both general overviews and onesided<br />
views.<br />
Perhaps the best starting point is the “State of the<br />
Future Index” in the Millennium Project’s annual State<br />
of the Future report, assembled by Jerome C. Glenn,<br />
Theodore J. Gordon, and Elizabeth Florescu (The Millennium<br />
Project, 2010). The Index reviews 30 trends to<br />
provide a “report card for humanity,” divided into four<br />
categories: where we are winning (improved literacy<br />
rate, more Internet users, improved life expectancy,<br />
etc.), where we are losing (fossil fuel emissions, unemployment,<br />
terrorist attack casualties, etc.), where there<br />
is little change (HIV prevalence, for example), and<br />
where there is uncertainty (infectious diseases, for example).<br />
How the trends are weighted is problematic,<br />
however, and there is doubt as to whether the 30 indicators<br />
cover all essential developments.<br />
A recent report prepared by the Rockefeller Foundation,<br />
along with Peter Schwartz and the Global Business<br />
Network, parallels somewhat the four single-axis<br />
scenarios presented in our article. Scenarios for the<br />
Future of Technology and International Development (2010)<br />
provides four scenarios for the next decade or so in a<br />
2x2 matrix along two axes: strong versus weak political/economic<br />
alignment, and low versus high adaptive<br />
capacity. The scenarios are “Hack Attack” (an unstable<br />
and shock-prone world, with weak governments, thriving<br />
criminality, and dangerous technologies), “Lock<br />
Step” (tighter top-down government control after a<br />
2012 pandemic, with limited innovation and growing<br />
citizen pushback), “Smart Scramble” (an economically<br />
depressed world, with local makeshift solutions and<br />
“good enough” technology addressing a growing set of<br />
problems), and “Clever Together” (a world of highly<br />
coordinated and successful strategies addressing global<br />
issues). A free PDF is available at www.RockFound.org;<br />
Global Foresight Books selected this as its Book of the<br />
Month for November 2010.<br />
Essential reading, as always, is provided by Lester R.<br />
Brown, founder of the Earth Policy Institute, in World<br />
on the Edge: How to Prevent Environmental and Economic<br />
Collapse (W.W. Norton, 2011). He warns that “ecological<br />
and economic deficits are now shaping not only our<br />
future, but our present. … [T]he ‘perfect storm’ or the<br />
‘ultimate recession’ could come at any time.”<br />
In The Great Disruption: How the Climate Crisis Will<br />
Change Everything (for the Better) (Bloomsbury USA,<br />
2011), Paul Gilding, a faculty member of the Cambridge<br />
University Program for Sustainability Leadership, sees<br />
loss, suffering, and conflict in the coming decades, as<br />
our “planetary overdraft is paid,” but believes that<br />
compassion, innovation, resilience, and adaptability<br />
will win out.<br />
John L. Petersen, founder of The Arlington Institute,<br />
focuses on a wide range of converging global trends,<br />
breakdowns, and breakthroughs in A Vision for 2012:<br />
Planning for Extraordinary Change (Fulcrum, 2008), concluding<br />
with an exploration of various possibilities after<br />
a massive catastrophe, ranging from a failed global<br />
system to a new world of global cooperation and har-<br />
6 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
ments of climate experts are increasingly<br />
dire—thus, “improvement and<br />
growing inadequacy” seems likely.<br />
The biggest blind spot in the IT/AI<br />
vision has to do with governance. In<br />
the “Rise to Maturity” scenario, governments<br />
and corporations do the<br />
right thing—and are supported by<br />
the public. This happens even in the<br />
more likely “Muddling Up” scenario.<br />
It may be desirable, but it is not likely<br />
in our chaotic new information environment<br />
of tweets, twitters, trivia,<br />
sound bites, floods of e‐mails, superficiality,<br />
commercialism, and ever<br />
more fragmentation. Huge deficits,<br />
run up by many governments, are<br />
leading to draconian cuts in essential<br />
services and inattention to decaying<br />
or inadequate infrastructure, while<br />
fueling overreactionary fears that we<br />
are headed toward fiscal ruin, “evil”<br />
socialism, and/or unwelcome centralized<br />
global government.<br />
Also, despite the hyperabundance<br />
of information, there is no evidence<br />
that people are better informed<br />
about current affairs today than they<br />
were in the past. Newspapers and<br />
magazines are closing down or<br />
shrinking their coverage of national<br />
and global issues. In the United<br />
States, financially stressed schools<br />
and colleges are still deficient in<br />
civic education, let alone serious<br />
futures education, and socioeconomic<br />
inequalities continue to grow.<br />
We may still see some shift to en-<br />
lightened views, but, more likely<br />
than not, too little too late. And it<br />
may well be offset or rolled back by<br />
simplistic reactionary movements.<br />
Granted, Facebook and Twitter<br />
have sparked a spectacular and welcome<br />
string of regime changes in the<br />
Middle East. However, once the postdictator<br />
euphoria passes, the harsh<br />
realities of rising prices and a bulging<br />
youth population in need of employment<br />
may lead to further discontent.<br />
This is not “doom and gloom,” but<br />
mainstream social-science thinking,<br />
based on my synthesis of hundreds of<br />
recent books on environmental issues,<br />
governance, IT impacts, and education.<br />
Perhaps we can return to an undisputed<br />
path of evolutionary progress,<br />
mony with nature. His brief version, “A New End, A<br />
New Beginning,” appears in the World Future Society’s<br />
2009 conference volume, Innovation and Creativity in a<br />
Complex World.<br />
Another and still broader view of world-scale systems<br />
crises and civic collapse by the 2020s, to be followed<br />
by “our maturity as a species,” is provided by<br />
Duane Elgin in The Living Universe (Berrett-Koehler,<br />
2009).<br />
Acceleration: The Forces Driving Human Progress by<br />
Ronald G. Havelock (Prometheus Books, 2011) makes a<br />
strong and thoughtful case for long-term progress of<br />
humanity, and a somewhat successful attempt to address<br />
various “fears for the future.” However, the 15-<br />
page annotated bibliography is a bit spotty, with favorable<br />
comments on Julian Simon and John Naisbitt,<br />
negative reviews of Paul Ehrlich and the 1972 Limits to<br />
Growth report, and no consideration of Lester R. Brown<br />
and current thinking of the vast majority of climate scientists.<br />
An upbeat view looking beyond the Great Recession<br />
is provided by urbanist Richard Florida in The Great Reset:<br />
How New Ways of Living and Working Drive Post-<br />
Crash Prosperity (Harper, 2010). This is countered with<br />
the grim view of Dystopia: What Is to Be Done? by Canadian<br />
sociologist Gary Potter (CreateSpace, 2010), who<br />
sees capitalist-driven disaster already afflicting at least<br />
one billion people and coming soon for the rest of us.<br />
Collapse: How Societies Choose to Fail or Succeed by<br />
UCLA geography professor Jared Diamond (Penguin,<br />
2005) was a best-seller for more than six months and is<br />
still relevant. Our Final Century: The 50/50 Threat to Humanity’s<br />
Survival by UK Royal Astronomer and Cambridge<br />
professor Martin Rees (Basic Books, 2003) covers<br />
a broad range of science and technology risks and is<br />
also still very relevant.<br />
Severe climate change scenarios in particular deserve<br />
our attention. Climatic Cataclysm: The Foreign Policy and<br />
National Security Implications of Climate Change, edited<br />
by Kurt M. Campbell of the Center for a New American<br />
Security (Brookings Institution Press, 2008), offers three<br />
plausible scenarios: Expected Climate Change by 2040,<br />
Severe Climate Change by 2040, and Catastrophic Climate<br />
Change in the 2040-2100 period, as average global<br />
temperatures rise to 5.6°C above 1990 levels.<br />
In a more popular style, former U.S. Assistant Secretary<br />
of Energy Joseph J. Romm provides three scenarios<br />
in Hell and High Water (Morrow, 2007) on developments<br />
in three periods: 2000-2025, 2025-2050, and 2050-2100<br />
(when a sea level rise of 20–80 feet will be “all but<br />
unstop pable” if current trends continue). A longer-term<br />
view of our world in 2050, 2100, and 2300 is enabled by<br />
University of Washington geologist Peter D. Ward in<br />
The Flooded Earth: Our Future in a World without Ice Caps<br />
(Basic Books, 2010), who argues that sea-level rise will<br />
happen no matter what we do.<br />
Our own previous contributions to thinking about<br />
the MegaCrisis include Democracy in the 21st Century by<br />
Michael Marien (Future Survey Mini-Guide #3, 2008), on<br />
problems of democracy and today’s ill-informed citizens,<br />
and Technology’s Promise by William E. Halal<br />
(Palgrave Macmillan, 2008), which covers TechCast<br />
forecasts of the technology revolution.<br />
—William E. Halal and Michael Marien<br />
Note: Longer reviews of many of these books are<br />
available online at GlobalForesightBooks.org.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 7
Defining and Anticipating the<br />
Global MegaCrisis<br />
How to Define the Global MegaCrisis<br />
At the personal level, it is a MegaCrisis to lose one’s<br />
home, job, and/or spouse. At the community level, a city<br />
or state (like Haiti) reeling from high unemployment<br />
and/or a natural disaster is in a MegaCrisis. In a broader<br />
sense, a MegaCrisis is more than a “catastrophe,” and it<br />
can bring about a natural turning point in social evolution.<br />
It is thus not only a threat but may also be an opportunity.<br />
The Global MegaCrisis is a constellation of major issues<br />
such as climate change, ecological collapse, economic<br />
depression, nuclear threats, and/or high-impact<br />
wild cards that threaten civilization. Worth noting is that,<br />
in the most hopeful scenario, the Global MegaCrisis<br />
could initiate the creation of an advanced stage of development<br />
based on knowledge, high technology, and<br />
global community.<br />
How to Understand the Global MegaCrisis<br />
Trends such as those listed in this article suggest that<br />
we are moving toward a MegaCrisis, and there are many<br />
other indicators to consider as well. If Iran demonstrates<br />
a nuclear bomb, for example, this would heighten the<br />
chances of war, which could destabilize the Middle East<br />
and deepen a global MegaCrisis. Many would argue that<br />
failed or failing states, such as Somalia and Haiti, are already<br />
in a condition of MegaCrisis. There will always be<br />
contending perspectives when it comes to anticipating<br />
crises and gauging their severity. However, avoiding the<br />
issue, forestalling painful but necessary changes, or simply<br />
thinking, “it can’t happen here” will increase the<br />
probability of catastrophe.<br />
What Might Happen When the Global MegaCrisis<br />
Arrives?<br />
Could it be the beginning of “The End” (complete extinction<br />
or major decline in civilization)? Or could such a<br />
breakdown ultimately lead to a breakthrough—a shift in<br />
global consciousness, for example—as Ervin Laszlo and<br />
others have postulated? Such a transition could be rapid<br />
or slow. It could be a clear upturn or downturn, or mixed<br />
paths, as in our “Muddling Down” and “Muddling Up”<br />
scenarios. The uncertainty is huge. What is certain is that<br />
sharply differing visions of what is likely to happen will<br />
be hotly contested, as illustrated in this article.<br />
—William E. Halal and Michael Marien<br />
“We may still see some<br />
shift to enlightened views,<br />
but, more likely than not,<br />
too little too late.” (Marien)<br />
but it will require a major restructuring<br />
of industrial-era knowledge and education/learning,<br />
especially adult/voter<br />
learning, and serious consideration of<br />
ethics and the quality of public discourse.<br />
What Halal refers to as “Technologies<br />
of Consciousness” are not a<br />
solution in and of themselves.<br />
Your Turn<br />
You have now encountered four<br />
scenarios and two differing arguments<br />
about which direction the<br />
world is heading in. Now it’s your<br />
turn to think and respond—and to<br />
encourage others to do the same. We<br />
invite readers to take the MegaCrisis<br />
Survey at www.TechCast.org. ❑<br />
Halal Marien<br />
About the Authors<br />
William E. Halal is professor emeritus at<br />
George Washington University and president<br />
of TechCast LLC (www.TechCast.org).<br />
Portions of this article are adapted from his<br />
forthcoming book, Through the MegaCrisis:<br />
The Technology Revolution to a World of<br />
Knowledge, Intelligence, and Global Consciousness.<br />
Michael Marien is the founder and former<br />
editor of Future Survey, published by WFS<br />
for 30 years, and is now the director of<br />
GlobalForesightBooks.org.<br />
Despite their differences, Halal and<br />
Marien share the common bond of having<br />
studied for advanced degrees at the University<br />
of California, Berkeley.<br />
The authors gratefully acknowledge contributions<br />
to this analysis by Jerome C.<br />
Glenn, director of the Millennium Project,<br />
and Mike MacCracken, chief scientist at the<br />
Climate Institute. Readers are invited to<br />
take the MegaCrisis Survey at www.Tech-<br />
Cast.org. E-mail comments to halal@gwu<br />
.edu and mmarien@twcny.rr.com.<br />
8 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
The Top 20<br />
(Plus 5)<br />
Technologies<br />
for the<br />
World Ahead<br />
By James H. Irvine and<br />
Sandra Schwarzbach<br />
<strong>Breakthrough</strong>s now emerging in biotechnology,<br />
robotics, and other key areas bear the potential<br />
to reshape life on Earth. Two military analysts<br />
describe the 20 innovations that will have<br />
the biggest impacts in the near future,<br />
plus five prospective technologies that<br />
could have major repercussions in the<br />
longer term.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 9
A<br />
bout 10 years ago, we at the<br />
Naval Air Warfare Center in<br />
Southern California set out<br />
to determine how emerging technologies<br />
might change armed conflict<br />
over the next 25 to 50 years. We selected<br />
200 new technological applications,<br />
projecting out their growth<br />
and how they might influence future<br />
military strategy and warfare.<br />
Our conclusion: These technologies<br />
would be major drivers of not<br />
only future military affairs, but of<br />
virtually all of human life. From<br />
these 200, we examine here what we<br />
consider the top 20 innovations that<br />
will have the greatest effect in the<br />
near term; in addition, we’ve selected<br />
five other feasible technological<br />
developments that could significantly<br />
change our world in the more<br />
distant future.<br />
1. Computer Technology<br />
Computing power has increased<br />
by a factor of 10 6 since 1959. Based<br />
on present-day central processing<br />
technology, we can expect a 10 8 further<br />
improvement in the next 30 to<br />
40 years. Advances of up to 10 18 (100<br />
quintillion) could result, if any of the<br />
following innovations (which already<br />
exist at the laboratory level)<br />
undergo further development:<br />
• Parallel processing.<br />
• Advanced computer architecture.<br />
• Special function processing<br />
chips.<br />
• Special function analysis chips.<br />
Such a level of enhanced computer<br />
performance would require much<br />
more advanced production technologies,<br />
including new chip production<br />
technologies; new types of computer<br />
chips, circuit elements, and computer<br />
architectures and software;<br />
and a projected 10 5 improvement in<br />
telecommunications-transmission<br />
rates over the next 25 years.<br />
2. Ubiquitous Computing<br />
Household appliances and many<br />
other items in our everyday lives<br />
will be embedded with cheap and<br />
barely detectable microchips, sen-<br />
sors, microcontrollers, and microprocessors<br />
that sense our presence,<br />
anticipate our wishes, and read our<br />
emotions. Imbued with these tiny<br />
yet powerful computing components,<br />
appliances and consumer<br />
products will become “intelligent.”<br />
They will interconnect and communicate<br />
with each other via network<br />
grids.<br />
The ubiquitous-computing phenomenon<br />
will be further enabled by<br />
three new technologies:<br />
• MEMS. Micro-electro-mechanical<br />
systems integrate items such as<br />
sensors, computers, data storage,<br />
and transmission systems onto a<br />
single computer chip. MEMS are<br />
small, low mass, lightweight, low<br />
power, and easy to mass produce.<br />
They also measure a wide range of<br />
physical phenomena, such as acceleration,<br />
inertia, and vibration. They<br />
can be analytical instruments to<br />
measure biological or physical states<br />
and can also be active response systems.<br />
• Bots. Formally known as semiintelligent<br />
specialized agent software<br />
programs, bots can automatically<br />
sort data based on set preferences,<br />
keep track of specific dynamic data<br />
sets (such as checkbook balances or<br />
inventories), maintain schedules and<br />
calendars, and track movement of<br />
things and people while integrating<br />
them with outside events. Bots are<br />
also capable of interacting with other<br />
computer software and other bots on<br />
their own initiative to accomplish<br />
tasks independently of a human<br />
user.<br />
The general deployment of bots is<br />
projected to occur in the next seven<br />
to 10 years, pending the rollout of<br />
more advanced processor hardware.<br />
Masses of bots and bots-inhabited<br />
equipment will work together without<br />
human initiative—or even human<br />
knowledge—to automate large<br />
portions of society’s routine activities.<br />
Bots will also manage computer<br />
networks. By 2025, the Internet will<br />
have evolved into a bot-coordinated,<br />
bot-directed “information grid” that<br />
connects billions of devices, nodes,<br />
and sensors to each other. Under bot<br />
management, the Internet will be<br />
much more dynamic than it is today.<br />
• Swarm technology. Network<br />
command-and-control system architecture<br />
will be very unlike that of<br />
networks today. The ability to understand<br />
and manage the collective<br />
movements, reactions, and interactions<br />
of masses of interconnected<br />
items will be critical. Swarm technology—i.e.,<br />
decentralized arrays of<br />
agents or programs interacting locally<br />
with one another and with<br />
their surroundings, thus carrying<br />
out “intelligent” large-scale behavior<br />
(much like an ant colony, bacterial<br />
culture, or school of fish)—will be<br />
important in the near future for controlling<br />
and managing this new system.<br />
3.<br />
Human Language<br />
Interface for Computers<br />
Another great technological advance<br />
of the next 20 years will be the<br />
development of computers with<br />
human-language interfaces that fully<br />
comprehend human words—both<br />
spoken and written—and their<br />
meanings and that will talk, listen,<br />
and read aloud in humanlike voices.<br />
Some applications will permit information<br />
retrieval using natural language<br />
and automated foreign language<br />
translation for print and<br />
voice. Also, semi-intelligent personal<br />
search agents will use humanlanguage<br />
interfaces to search the Internet’s<br />
databases and archives to<br />
compile information in specialized<br />
fields of knowledge and areas of interest<br />
based on the human user’s<br />
specific interests and wishes.<br />
The human language computer interface<br />
could potentially transform<br />
society from a written culture to one<br />
relying more on verbal interactions.<br />
This interface will also automate a<br />
large number of voice-based activities,<br />
such as placing orders, asking<br />
directions, and executing verbal instructions<br />
to perform complex tasking.<br />
The education system and service<br />
area will both become more<br />
automated.<br />
4. Machine Vision<br />
Machine vision that will become<br />
available in five to 15 years will<br />
grow more sophisticated over time.<br />
10 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
The Socio-Technological Age Progression<br />
Agricultural Age<br />
Developed machine vision will have<br />
capability far beyond the range of<br />
the human eye (infrared, ultraviolet,<br />
multispectral). Robotic systems<br />
equipped with machine vision will<br />
recognize, classify, sort, and manipulate<br />
objects and respond to changes<br />
in their environments in unique<br />
ways. They will be put to a wide variety<br />
of industrial, laboratory, and<br />
surveillance uses, such as automatic<br />
guidance systems for vehicles and<br />
accident avoidance systems for machinery.<br />
5. Robot Technology<br />
We are now in the process of developing<br />
human-directed, virtual<br />
presence machines capable of<br />
remote-controlled movement and<br />
manipulation of objects. These devices<br />
are often called robots, which<br />
they are not. The technology to build<br />
real robots is on the way, however.<br />
In the near-term future, our world<br />
will be driven by two emerging technologies<br />
that are advancing simultaneously:<br />
robotics and biotechnology.<br />
These technologies will overtake information<br />
technology and give us a<br />
new Socio-Technological Age around<br />
the year 2025. This new age will continue<br />
for 50-plus years.<br />
The technologies needed to build<br />
Robotic-Biotech Age<br />
Information Age<br />
Post-Industrial Age<br />
Industrial Age<br />
4000 BC AD 1740 1960 1995 2025 2050 2075?<br />
robots that can perceive their surroundings,<br />
move themselves, and<br />
perform tasks without human oversight<br />
should reach fruition between<br />
2015 and 2025. By 2040, robotlike<br />
machinery will inhabit the world<br />
alongside people, doing much of the<br />
work.<br />
As robots enter the mainstream,<br />
they will probably exert major economic<br />
and societal impacts. On the<br />
positive side, labor productivity will<br />
vastly increase, which could be lifesaving<br />
as populations of retirees will<br />
swell in the developed world. Replacing<br />
the retiring labor force with<br />
high-tech robotic equipment will ensure<br />
that economies remain productive<br />
enough to support their retirees.<br />
Additionally, hundreds of thousands<br />
of new jobs could become available<br />
for human professionals who possess<br />
the skills to program robot-tohuman<br />
interface systems, movement<br />
control, harm-avoidance systems,<br />
vision packages, tasking systems,<br />
and speech-recognition programs.<br />
At the same time, major disruptions<br />
of the world’s workforces<br />
could result. Studies estimate that<br />
robots could replace as much as onethird<br />
to one-half of human labor in<br />
some industrial and service sectors.<br />
Additionally, robot technology could<br />
almost completely take over agriculture<br />
and displace most, if not all, of<br />
the world’s farm workers. Even<br />
worse, this precipitous fall in human<br />
labor will probably occur at a rapid<br />
pace: in about a five- to seven-year<br />
period.<br />
6. Telecommunications<br />
Revolution<br />
Mass interconnection of computerized<br />
data systems has enabled<br />
people and machines to talk to each<br />
other at high data rates. These data<br />
rates will get progressively higher<br />
over the next half century. Optical fiber<br />
network transmission systems<br />
will continuously increase their capacities<br />
and reach transmission capabilities<br />
as high as 100 terabytes per<br />
s e c o n d o n c e n e w p h o t o n i c s<br />
switches, photonics circuit elements,<br />
optical routers, and plasmon<br />
switches—all now under development—go<br />
into widespread use. This<br />
will ultimately produce a seamless,<br />
all-optical network for data communications<br />
four to five times more<br />
powerful than the current one.<br />
The next telecommunications revolution<br />
will offer mass sharing and<br />
transfer of databases, unrestricted<br />
worldwide communications and an<br />
ability to locate and communicate<br />
with anyone, a much higher diffusion<br />
of work via telecommuting,<br />
rapid and widespread dissemination<br />
of knowledge (unlimited access for<br />
everyone to the sum total of knowledge<br />
of the human race), and a much<br />
wider variety and availability of education<br />
and entertainment.<br />
7. Fullerene Chemistry<br />
In September 1985, Nobel Prize–<br />
winning chemist Rick Smalley discovered<br />
the original C 60<br />
molecule,<br />
buckminsterfullerene (“buckyballs”),<br />
which comprised 60 pure carbon atoms.<br />
In 1990, a means to mass produce<br />
buckyballs was discovered,<br />
making them available for largescale<br />
study and establishing the new<br />
field of fullerene chemistry. Since<br />
then, chemists have learned not only<br />
how to form fullerene molecules, but<br />
also how to attach other kinds of<br />
molecules to them and build new<br />
structures and materials, such as<br />
nanotubes and graphene.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 11
Nanotubes are hollow, tubelike<br />
structures composed of carbon atoms.<br />
They are very strong under linear<br />
tensile loads, conduct electricity<br />
with little resistance, can store items<br />
in their hollow interiors, can filter<br />
substances that pass through them,<br />
and conduct heat better than any<br />
other known material. Researchers<br />
are exploring carbon nanotubes’ potential<br />
commercial uses as fiber in<br />
composite structures, as superconductive<br />
wire, and as a storage<br />
medium for hydrogen fuel. Other<br />
uses may include transport mechanisms<br />
for fluids in and out of the<br />
body, as molecular sieves and filters,<br />
superconducting interconnections on<br />
circuit chips, computer memory storage<br />
devices, thermal regulators, and<br />
small electric plasma guns.<br />
Graphene, first produced in a lab<br />
in 2004, is a flat, two-dimensional<br />
carbon fullerene consisting of a carbon<br />
sheet just a few atoms thick that<br />
can be extended indefinitely along<br />
its edges. It is an amazingly good<br />
conductor of electricity and has<br />
many potential uses in the electronics<br />
and semiconductor industries.<br />
Graphene ribbons made on an industrial<br />
scale, for example, could be<br />
used as connectors on computer<br />
chips. An experimental nanoscale<br />
graphene transistor was first demonstrated<br />
in a laboratory in April 2008.<br />
Large-scale production of graphene<br />
wafers could produce a new<br />
class of semi-superconducting substrate<br />
with which to build computer<br />
chips. This would make possible<br />
several revolutionary advances in<br />
chip technology: development of a<br />
superconducting substrate layer to<br />
connect components, processing elements,<br />
and multiple core dies and<br />
development of graphene-based<br />
super conducting transistors.<br />
Graphene wafers might also make<br />
Johnson junctions, induction<br />
switches, and “Y” switches work at<br />
room temperature. These three devices<br />
are three times faster than transistors,<br />
but at present they only work<br />
at cryogenic temperatures. If, by using<br />
graphene wafers, engineers successfully<br />
made them work at room<br />
temperature, they could create extremely<br />
efficient electrical networks<br />
that would not require active switching—i.e.,<br />
fewer moving parts and<br />
fewer resources required.<br />
8.<br />
Multi-Level Coding<br />
System in DNA<br />
Scientists now recognize that DNA<br />
has at least six levels of coding.<br />
Some birth defects, cancers, and<br />
other genetic disorders may not actually<br />
be the result of genes themselves,<br />
but of coding errors in these<br />
Emergence of the New Social Structure<br />
Agricultural Age<br />
Social Structure<br />
Aristocracy<br />
Intellectuals & Artists<br />
Merchants<br />
Artists & Craftsmen<br />
Agricultural Workers<br />
Industrial Age Social<br />
Structure<br />
Upper Class<br />
Intellectuals & Knowledge Workers<br />
Merchants<br />
Post-Industrial Age<br />
Social Structure<br />
Upper Class<br />
Intellectuals & Artists<br />
Merchants &<br />
Entrepreneurs<br />
Urban Bohemians<br />
Information Age<br />
Social Structure<br />
Upper & Ruling Class<br />
Intellectuals<br />
Developers of Intellectual Goods<br />
Cultural Sycophants<br />
Entrepreneurs<br />
Robotic-Biotech Age<br />
Social Structure<br />
Upper & Ruling Class<br />
Intellectuals<br />
Developers of<br />
Intellectual Goods<br />
Cultural Sycophants<br />
Entrepreneurs<br />
Industrial Workers<br />
Skill & Knowledge<br />
Workers<br />
Knowledge Workers Sub-Class<br />
Skill & Knowledge<br />
Workers<br />
Knowledge Workers Sub-Class<br />
System Knowledge Workers<br />
Sub-Class<br />
Skill & Knowledge<br />
Workers<br />
Retirees<br />
Bio-Med Sub-Class<br />
Bio-Med Sub-Class<br />
Industrial Workers<br />
Service Workers<br />
Retirees<br />
Industrial Workers<br />
Agricultural Population<br />
Service Workers<br />
Retirees<br />
Industrial Workers<br />
Agricultural Population<br />
Agricultural Workers<br />
Working Poor<br />
Agricultural Workers<br />
Social Wards<br />
Working Poor<br />
(unskilled but trainable for<br />
routine tasks)<br />
Social Wards<br />
Under Class<br />
Service Workers<br />
Working Poor<br />
(unskilled but trainable for<br />
routine tasks)<br />
Social Wards<br />
Under Class<br />
12 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
outer layers of the DNA system.<br />
Some of the “non-gene” control layers<br />
may be easier to manipulate than<br />
the classic, first-line gene layer. Recent<br />
discoveries have opened several<br />
new lines of genetic research, making<br />
this the dawn of a new era in<br />
molecular genetics.<br />
9.<br />
Biotech Analysis<br />
Instrumentation<br />
At present, only about 40% of the<br />
population reacts favorably to a new<br />
drug. The rest have either minimal<br />
reaction or adverse reactions. As<br />
knowledge of human bio-metabochemicals,<br />
but how to interpret the<br />
results. Too few tests have been conducted<br />
to establish the normal level<br />
of most of these chemicals in the human<br />
body. By the mid-twenty-first<br />
century, we will have enough data<br />
analyzed to tell what chemicals, proteins,<br />
and enzymes are normal in the<br />
human body; whether their physical<br />
form is a mutation or merely a normal<br />
statistical variation; and<br />
whether certain measurements are<br />
metabolic disorders or just normal<br />
variations of human metabolism.<br />
This information will have a significant<br />
impact on health.<br />
10.<br />
“Biochemists’ ultimate goal — of<br />
a full-scale biochemical computer<br />
model of human genetics, biochemistry,<br />
and all their interactions —<br />
will be available within 10 to 20<br />
years.”<br />
Development of new instruments<br />
to examine biological phenomena is<br />
revolutionizing the fields of biological<br />
research and medicine. One of<br />
the most important new instruments<br />
is the DNA microarrays, which are<br />
compact robotic systems that detect<br />
DNA and other biochemical matter.<br />
Modern microarrays’ detector systems<br />
are made with postage-stampsized<br />
coated glass wafers. Each wafer<br />
includes a grid of strands of DNA<br />
that only bind to their complementary<br />
DNA matches (or alternatively,<br />
dots of some biochemical reagent).<br />
The grid elements can measure the<br />
presence and level of a given gene or<br />
gene product (mutants, abnormal<br />
variants, dysfunctional genes) in a<br />
sample. These wafers can also find<br />
and analyze chemical and biological<br />
compounds within the body. Current<br />
machines are only capable of statistical<br />
samples. Scientists would like a<br />
machine capable of analyzing the entire<br />
human genome and its biochemical<br />
environment with all its variants<br />
in a single pass. It will probably be<br />
the late 2020s before a full human<br />
body biochemical scan can be performed.<br />
At present, however, our greater<br />
challenge is not how to detect the<br />
Human Biogenetic–<br />
Chemical Computer Model<br />
New biotechnology and computer<br />
science breakthroughs are revealing<br />
the body’s biochemical<br />
secrets<br />
and spurring creation<br />
of new methods<br />
for attacking<br />
metabolic and genetic<br />
disorders. We<br />
have begun to examine<br />
the body’s<br />
biochemical nature<br />
t o d e t e r m i n e<br />
whether it is functioning<br />
correctly<br />
and is in balance<br />
and to determine<br />
what effect this balance<br />
or imbalance has on health.<br />
Biochemists’ ultimate goal—of a<br />
full-scale biochemical computer<br />
model of human genetics, biochemistry,<br />
and all their interactions—will<br />
be available within 10 to 20 years.<br />
The amount of data and calculations<br />
involved will require a larger computer<br />
than available today, but this<br />
deficiency will be overcome within<br />
that time.<br />
By the mid-twenty-first century,<br />
we will have a working computer<br />
model of human genetics, biochemistry,<br />
and major portions of their<br />
interactions. This will permit the<br />
modeling of an individual’s genetics<br />
and biochemistry, which can be used<br />
to diagnose and isolate individual<br />
biochemical deficiencies, including a<br />
number of conditions that today<br />
may be considered psychological but<br />
are actually statistical variations in<br />
metabolism. This will also be used to<br />
determine the effect of drugs and<br />
nutrients.<br />
11.<br />
Treatment of Hereditary<br />
Diseases<br />
The human race is now afflicted<br />
by some 4,000 hereditary diseases<br />
caused by genetic abnormalities.<br />
These diseases have until now<br />
largely been untreatable. However,<br />
the new knowledge of gene structure<br />
and function could possibly lead to<br />
new treatments. Eventually, genetic<br />
intervention could prevent or treat a<br />
large number of diseases. More successful<br />
treatments might be possible<br />
via selected artificial protein therapy<br />
and/or micronutrients.<br />
It is also possible that this new biotech<br />
knowledge will uncover a variety<br />
of “minor” genetic diseases that<br />
people haven’t recognized or have<br />
assumed to be normal variations.<br />
Since these minor diseases affect a<br />
larger portion of the working population<br />
than the major hereditary disorders<br />
do, mitigating or curing them<br />
could lead to bigger increases in<br />
workforce productivity and performance.<br />
12.<br />
Control of Bio-Metabolic<br />
Disorders<br />
New means will arise to measure<br />
how the body is working at a biochemical<br />
level and to assess the<br />
body’s biochemicals (types and<br />
amounts) and whether the body metabolism<br />
displays proper balance.<br />
Biochemical “retuning” will treat a<br />
number of chronic, long-term conditions—including<br />
Parkinson’s disease,<br />
Alzheimer’s, and possibly even<br />
the aging process itself—by supplying<br />
chemical compounds that the patient’s<br />
body does not have in order<br />
to realign the biochemical functions.<br />
13.<br />
Blood and Tissue<br />
Matching of Drugs<br />
continued on page 15<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 13
© LAWRENCE BERKELEY NATIONAL LAB<br />
© LAWRENCE BERKELEY NATIONAL LAB<br />
WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY<br />
Nanotechnology (#18): A nanoscale<br />
conveyor belt, composed of nanotubes,<br />
ferries atom-sized particles to a microscopic<br />
construction site where they can<br />
be assembled, one atom at a time, into<br />
molecular structures. This conveyor<br />
built, which was designed at the Lawrence<br />
Berkeley National Laboratory, exemplifies<br />
the nanotech manufacturing that<br />
Irvine and Schwarzbach expect will<br />
become commonplace in the next 10 to<br />
15 years.<br />
AIST<br />
Nanotechnology (#18): This nanomotor’s<br />
yellow rotor blades spin<br />
33,000 cycles per second on a nanotube<br />
axle. The device is virtually<br />
frictionless, so it will not wear down<br />
with use. Measuring about one threehundredths<br />
of the diameter of a human<br />
hair, it is the world’s smallest<br />
nanomotor, but its Lawrence Berkeley<br />
National Lab designers predict that<br />
versions five times smaller could be<br />
built in the future. Nanomotors such as<br />
this one lend credence to Irvine and<br />
Schwarzbach’s forecast that nanotubes<br />
may serve many engineering uses.<br />
Tissue Engineering (#15): This<br />
artificial liver, made with real,<br />
living human cells, is held on<br />
display at the Wake Forest<br />
University Baptist Medical Center,<br />
in North Carolina, where a<br />
university medical research team<br />
constructed it. It is an example of<br />
the many replacement organs<br />
that Irvine and Schwarzbach<br />
hope medical teams will soon be<br />
able to compose in their labs.<br />
© HDW<br />
Robot Technology (#5): The humanlike<br />
HRP-4 robot, developed by the<br />
Japanese government’s National<br />
Institute of Advanced Industrial Science<br />
and Technology, in conjunction with<br />
Japanese firm Kawada Technologies,<br />
has enough range of motion in its arms<br />
to lift a soda bottle and pour its contents<br />
into a glass. Robots will continue<br />
to gain capability and take up more<br />
types of work for their human creators,<br />
according to Irvine and Schwarzbach.<br />
Fuel Cells (#20): Hydrogen fuel cells power this Class 214 submarine, built by<br />
German designer Howaldtswerke-Deutsche Werft GmbH (HDW). Since hydrogen<br />
fuel cells will keep a submarine running for days at a time under water, Irvine and<br />
Schwarzbach believe that they will make large-scale ocean colonization easier to<br />
achieve.<br />
14 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
continued from page 13<br />
lism advances, however, clinicians<br />
will learn to group patients into biometabolism<br />
classes and tissue-type<br />
groups to determine who will benefit<br />
from a specific drug and who will<br />
have adverse reactions. Use of biometabolism<br />
classes and tissue-type<br />
groups will be widespread by 2050<br />
and result in increased drug effectiveness,<br />
fewer negative drug reactions,<br />
and lower drug-treatment<br />
costs.<br />
“Understanding how the brain operates<br />
on an individual basis will<br />
permit society to match the individual<br />
to task performance, to individualize<br />
educational programs, and to<br />
identify and mitigate mental illness.”<br />
14. Tissue Engineering<br />
The creation of self-replicating biomaterials<br />
for healing wounds and<br />
bone fractures, including the combining<br />
of synthetic materials and<br />
structures with living cells, is another<br />
area of scientific exploration.<br />
Tissue engineering will revolutionize<br />
body and wound repair, organ transplantation,<br />
and surgery in general.<br />
New polymers that satisfy safety<br />
and effectiveness requirements are<br />
being researched and developed for<br />
many surgical uses, including tissue<br />
scaffolding, bone grafts, cartilage repair,<br />
tissue regeneration, wound repair,<br />
and tissue joining. Soon, artificial<br />
organs and body parts will be<br />
available for replacement surgery.<br />
Research programs are now under<br />
way to develop artificial ears, hearts,<br />
pancreases, lungs, kidneys, livers,<br />
and legs.<br />
15. Neurotechnology<br />
Neuroscientists have developed a<br />
set of scanners capable of determin-<br />
ing how and where the brain performs<br />
specific functions. The new<br />
brain-scanning and brain-mapping<br />
tools are opening up a whole new<br />
understanding of how humans think<br />
and act. Using them, researchers can<br />
observe brain activity, measure its<br />
intensity, chart the general pattern of<br />
brain operation, and identify the<br />
type of chemical reactions occurring<br />
in the brain.<br />
Brain-scanning technology will<br />
soon be upgraded by the use of<br />
atomic magnetometer sensors—a<br />
new magnetic sensor technology<br />
that uses cesium vapor as a sensing<br />
element. These devices are 100 times<br />
more sensitive and 1,000 times faster<br />
than present sensor elements. They<br />
will, with time, better discern how<br />
people think, how the brain performs<br />
tasks, how thought processes<br />
differ among individuals, and what<br />
those differences mean in relation to<br />
task performance and personality.<br />
The new knowledge of brain operation<br />
and its effects<br />
will be one of the<br />
major, socially transforming<br />
events of<br />
the twenty-first century.<br />
Understanding<br />
how the brain operates<br />
on an individual<br />
basis will permit<br />
society to match the<br />
individual to task<br />
performance, to individualize<br />
educational<br />
programs,<br />
and to identify and<br />
mitigate mental illness.<br />
16. Neuropharmacology<br />
We can now see the operation of<br />
the brain. We can also systematically<br />
study and measure the effects of nutrients,<br />
micronutrients, and drug<br />
treatments on the brain and on various<br />
mental conditions. This has led<br />
to the new science of neuropharmacology—the<br />
study of how we change<br />
the brain’s operation through the use<br />
of drugs, food, and other nutrients,<br />
micronutrients, and proteins. Over<br />
time, this field will apply knowledge<br />
of the brain’s biochemical operations<br />
to systematically treat mental disorders<br />
and mental conditions<br />
pharma ceutically, as well as enhance<br />
people’s natural mental abilities.<br />
17. Cellulose-to-Glucose<br />
Process<br />
One of the major goals of the biotech<br />
and chemical industry is the<br />
production of glucose, the principal<br />
food of many microorganisms, from<br />
cellulose. If cheap, plentiful glucose<br />
were available, microbes could be<br />
genetically engineered to make almost<br />
anything. An economical cellulose-to-glucose<br />
process would revolutionize<br />
the world’s chemical<br />
industries and allow the conversion<br />
of much agricultural cellulose-based<br />
waste into useful raw materials.<br />
18. Nanotechnology<br />
Instrumentation has begun to permit<br />
us to see and manipulate matter<br />
at a nano level—10 -6 to 10 -9 meter—<br />
the level of atoms and molecules.<br />
This has created the new field of<br />
nanotechnology. The ability to create<br />
smaller structures using modern<br />
chip-manufacturing technology will<br />
permit us to change and modify materials<br />
one atom or molecule at a<br />
time and to develop super-fine powders,<br />
quantum dots, and nanotubes.<br />
These capabilities have now started<br />
to shrink things into the “upper<br />
nano” range—a range that advancements<br />
in production technology will<br />
push us into over the next 10 to 15<br />
years. The scale of objects will continue<br />
to shrink, and some useful<br />
upper- nanoscale devices and phenomena<br />
will be developed and deployed.<br />
19.<br />
Chaos Theory and<br />
Complexity Models<br />
Our world is much more complex,<br />
interconnected, and dynamic than<br />
we once thought. New mathematical<br />
concepts are challenging the rationalized,<br />
deterministic, scientific<br />
models of the Industrial Age. The Industrial<br />
Age paradigm held that<br />
there is one best way to organize a<br />
given thing and that, in all cases, a<br />
given “rational” outcome is predetermined<br />
by nature. The new scientific<br />
paradigm will ultimately replace<br />
this older mentality.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 15
The new Information Age is being<br />
driven by applied technology and by<br />
two major advances in theoretical<br />
science that are altering our view of<br />
how the world works: an ecological/<br />
ecosystem model, which supports<br />
ecological and environmental diversity,<br />
and modern chaos and complexity<br />
theories, which emphasize<br />
unpredictability, self-organizing systems,<br />
and the coexistence of the linear<br />
and the random. In the near<br />
term, this paradigm shift will significantly<br />
change people’s views of<br />
society, of themselves in relation to<br />
society, and of how the world and<br />
the greater universe work.<br />
20.<br />
Fuel Cells to Allow<br />
Deep-Sea Habitation<br />
A major effort is under way to develop<br />
advanced fuel cells for cars.<br />
The greatest social effect of fuel cells<br />
will not be in automobiles, however,<br />
but in the opening of the undersea<br />
world to exploration and habitation.<br />
Fuel cells that produce electricity directly,<br />
without producing toxic<br />
fumes as a byproduct, will bring<br />
down the costs of submarines and<br />
keep them running for days as opposed<br />
to hours. This will permit human<br />
exploration and—eventually—<br />
colonization of the continental<br />
shelves and the shallow oceans.<br />
Fuel cells will lead to the development<br />
of extensive deep-sea business<br />
sectors and myriad human habitations<br />
out in the ocean. Mining operations<br />
to exploit the shallow ocean<br />
floor’s mineral wealth, as well as<br />
commercial aquaculture enterprises<br />
to exploit the ocean’s biological resources,<br />
will follow. Earth’s available<br />
resource base will expand significantly,<br />
and Earth’s population—<br />
which could reach more than 9 billion<br />
people by mid-century (or even<br />
11 billion if medical advances extend<br />
average life spans)—will have much<br />
more room to grow.<br />
Five Future Technologies and<br />
The Problems They Could Solve<br />
Several technologies yet to come<br />
could significantly affect the nature<br />
of our world. Our top five are as follows:<br />
1. Superconductivity at room tem-<br />
perature. When certain metals and<br />
ceramics are cooled to ultra-low temperatures,<br />
they become superconductive—i.e.,<br />
they can carry huge<br />
amounts of electrical current for long<br />
durations of time without losing any<br />
of the current’s energy as heat. Diverse<br />
work is going on in making<br />
materials superconductive<br />
at room<br />
temperature. If it<br />
succeeds, we could<br />
substantially increase<br />
the efficiency<br />
of electrical machines<br />
and power<br />
grids and also develop<br />
new types of<br />
computer chips, improved<br />
medical-imaging<br />
devices, and high-efficiency<br />
ion drives for space vehicles.<br />
2. Low-cost space lift. Lifting objects<br />
into orbit is expensive—a problem<br />
that slows human improvement<br />
in space capabilities. The advent of a<br />
cheap space lift would allow exponential<br />
growth, and perhaps a new<br />
technological age. It would be attainable<br />
either by politicians agreeing to<br />
the massive funding needed for such<br />
a development or by some unforeseen,<br />
dramatic technological breakthrough.<br />
Neither, however, can be<br />
guaranteed to happen within the<br />
next 25 years.<br />
3. Artificial intelligence of humanlevel<br />
capability in computers. The<br />
development and widespread use of<br />
AI of human-level capability in computer<br />
systems stands to be one of the<br />
major advances in computer technology<br />
over the next 75 years. AI claims<br />
have been made for 40 years, but to<br />
date, they have not delivered. Furthermore,<br />
there appears to be no current,<br />
fundamental breakthrough that<br />
will alter this in the near future.<br />
However, research grants bolster<br />
those who think that the big breakthrough<br />
is right around the corner.<br />
4. Cellulose-to-liquid-hydrocarbon<br />
path. A number of new, synthetic<br />
fuel processes can produce diesel<br />
fuels from agricultural products. The<br />
means now exist for converting vegetable<br />
oils into biodiesel fuel, protein<br />
matter into diesel oil, various agricultural<br />
substances into synthetic oil,<br />
and sugars and starches into fuelgrade<br />
ethyl alcohol. Unfortunately,<br />
“A successful low-grade, agriculturalproduct-to-fuel<br />
path would enrich agricultural<br />
economies throughout much<br />
of the world.”<br />
all these biosynthetic fuel processes<br />
are much more expensive than<br />
fossil-fuel generation, largely due to<br />
the costs of harvesting and processing.<br />
One lower-cost option may exist,<br />
however: converting low-end agricultural<br />
waste (largely cellulose) into<br />
synthetic oil. A number of experimental<br />
processes to derive fuel from<br />
cellulose waste are now in R&D. A<br />
successful low-grade, agriculturalproduct-to-fuel<br />
path would enrich<br />
agricultural economies throughout<br />
much of the world, and in addition<br />
make energy independence more<br />
attainable for communities everywhere.<br />
5. Improved medicine and life<br />
span. The question is not whether<br />
we are going to get some life-span<br />
extension, but how much: Will the<br />
extension be a moderate increase in<br />
life expectancy of 100 to 120 years, a<br />
significantly increased life expectancy<br />
of 150 to 170 years, or a very<br />
significant life extension of 250 to<br />
300 years? Conversely, radical life<br />
extension could lead to life spans of<br />
1,000-plus years.<br />
Life extension has both positive<br />
and negative social implications. It<br />
will alleviate suffering caused by age<br />
deterioration and will result in a<br />
longer-lived, more productive workforce.<br />
On the other hand, it may<br />
cause issues with pension plans, Social<br />
Security, life insurance, and other<br />
retirement programs. It could result<br />
in overpopulation, food shortages,<br />
pollution, wars for resources, and extinction<br />
of species. Another important<br />
consideration is that of control: Who<br />
would determine how this precious<br />
technology would be shared?<br />
The Effects of Emerging<br />
Technologies on Society<br />
As the technology areas covered in<br />
16 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
vated terror, and régime-based terror.<br />
Members of the emerging generation,<br />
operating under the new paradigm,<br />
are much more likely to see<br />
themselves as cellular automata—<br />
trying to optimize themselves in<br />
their environment—rather than as<br />
governors of the universe. Whether<br />
this is good for society as a whole is<br />
not yet known, but it will represent a<br />
new social viewpoint.<br />
New socio-technological ages tend<br />
to produce new social structures and<br />
new social mores. Historical precedent<br />
suggests that this new age will<br />
also produce a new and different societal<br />
basis for war and the use of<br />
military force, along with a new social<br />
perception of the legitimate application<br />
of war.<br />
“Technological progress alone is relatively slow at<br />
driving social change. However, the near future will<br />
see society change markedly as a result of new<br />
emerging technology and demography.”<br />
level, will require recognition that<br />
specialized knowledge is necessary<br />
and that all classes serve useful functions<br />
and are needed for society to<br />
operate properly.<br />
It is usually hard to change the direction<br />
of society, absent great social<br />
perturbations, such as war or economic<br />
disaster, which can force<br />
rapid social change. In an age of<br />
peace and prosperity, it takes a long<br />
time to modify social norms, regardless<br />
of the level of new technological<br />
progress that occurs. Technological<br />
progress alone is relatively slow at<br />
driving social change. However, the<br />
near future will see society change<br />
markedly as a result of new emerging<br />
technology and demography.<br />
This need not be any cause for<br />
alarm. With some exceptions, most<br />
of the changes described portend to<br />
be highly positive. Barring bad luck<br />
and bad management, the world<br />
will—when all the technologies are<br />
deployed—be a better place to live<br />
in.<br />
❑<br />
this article advance along their individual<br />
development curves, their<br />
combined effect will remake society<br />
as we know it. Ultimately, they will<br />
give humankind two new sociotechnological<br />
ages in the first half of<br />
the twenty-first century: the Information<br />
Age and the Robotic-Biotech<br />
Age. The current Information Age,<br />
which should continue for the next<br />
20 to 40 years, is being driven by advances<br />
in computers, telecommunications,<br />
and electronic instrumentation,<br />
plus major advances in<br />
materials, space, energy, and manufacturing.<br />
The Robotic-Biotech Age will follow<br />
at around 2025, driven by the simultaneous<br />
advances of robotics and<br />
biotechnology, and reinforced by advances<br />
in nanotechnology, materials,<br />
and manufacturing technology. The<br />
Robotic-Biotech Age will continue<br />
for 50-plus years, until another great<br />
technology emerges as a new force<br />
in the world.<br />
The Information Age came on very<br />
quickly and will be relatively shortlived<br />
(about 50 years). Society and<br />
social structure will not have had the<br />
time to fully adjust before the next<br />
wave of technological innovation<br />
comes along. This speed of change is<br />
going to continue for the next 50 to<br />
75 years as the current wave of<br />
emerging technologies matures.<br />
In the twentieth century, many<br />
people viewed the philosophical<br />
movements to which they belonged<br />
(communism, fascism, various radical<br />
nationalisms, socialism, social democracy,<br />
liberalism, etc.) as belief systems<br />
that would and should govern<br />
how the world runs. In the name of<br />
these systems, 500 million people<br />
died by war, genocide, war-related<br />
famine and disease, politically moti-<br />
It is possible to project with some<br />
certainty the social structure of both<br />
the new Information Age and the<br />
Robotic-Biotech Age (see graph on<br />
page 19). With each transition to a<br />
more advanced stage of civilization,<br />
certain things transpire:<br />
• The social structure acquires an<br />
increasingly large number of small,<br />
specialized niches.<br />
• There is a significant increase in<br />
the number of players in the political<br />
power structure.<br />
• There is an increasing spread of<br />
knowledge out to the masses.<br />
• The average person’s standard<br />
of living goes up.<br />
• Human control over nature increases.<br />
As society has advanced, class<br />
structure has become more complex.<br />
In the later Information Age and<br />
Robotic- Biotech Age, there will be<br />
simply too many classes for a dominant<br />
one to emerge. The complexity<br />
of the new social structure, coupled<br />
with the rise in general knowledge<br />
Irvine<br />
Schwarzbach<br />
About the Authors<br />
James Irvine is director of the Revolution<br />
in Military Affairs Program at the Naval<br />
Air Warfare Center, Weapons Division<br />
(NAWCWD) in China Lake, California. He<br />
has worked as a systems engineer for the<br />
U.S. Navy for the last four decades, and<br />
has authored numerous studies on future<br />
military geopolitics and technology. E-mail<br />
james.irvine@navy.mil.<br />
Sandra Schwarzbach is senior strategic<br />
analyst for the Naval Air Warfare Center at<br />
China Lake, California. She advises the Office<br />
of the Secretary of Defense and the<br />
Chief of Naval Operations on security issues<br />
and contributes regularly to Department<br />
of Defense planning initiatives. She<br />
has also taught courses on military strategy<br />
development and participated in the design<br />
of multiple weapons and weapon systems.<br />
E-mail Sandra.schwarzbach@navy.mil.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 17
The Coming Robot<br />
By Steven M. Shaker<br />
Homo sapiens may have “won” the<br />
evolutionary race to perfect humankind, but<br />
artificial intelligence and robotics will<br />
evolve faster and farther. Rather than<br />
compete with them, we may do well to<br />
make them our allies and co-evolve,<br />
suggests a technology trend analyst.<br />
Some people believe that humanity’s<br />
evolutionary advance<br />
into the future is<br />
driven by how our genetic<br />
pool responds and adapts to climate<br />
change and cultural and societal dynamics.<br />
These external factors contributed<br />
to how we evolved in the<br />
past and became human. Extending<br />
that same evolutionary view forward<br />
by a few hundreds of millions<br />
of years, we arrive at comedic vision<br />
of our collective future: We’ll have<br />
become creatures with a huge forehead<br />
for expanded cranial capacity<br />
and a small body due to lack of any<br />
manual labor, etc.<br />
Most futurists, however, realize<br />
that we now have the means to<br />
shape and influence our own evolu-<br />
18 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
The Asimo robot from the<br />
Honda Corporation, shown<br />
here at every stage of<br />
development, represents<br />
the past, present, and<br />
future of robotics.<br />
HONDA<br />
Evolution Race<br />
The Robotic Ecosystem<br />
The robot animal kingdom is filled with<br />
strange critters. The Boston Dynamics<br />
“Big Dog” robot (top right) can carry<br />
hundreds of pounds of equipment across<br />
hard terrain.<br />
AeroVironment’s “nano hummingbird”<br />
spy drone can fly 11 mph and hover in<br />
the face of 5 mph wind gusts.<br />
University of Essex professor Huosheng<br />
Hu’s robot fish mirrors the movement of<br />
an actual fish to an eerie degree and has<br />
been displayed at aquariums around the<br />
world.<br />
MIT professor Sangbae Kim’s cheetah<br />
robot concept would stand at 80 cm, with<br />
limbs composed of carbon fiber. The<br />
Defense Advanced Research Projects<br />
Agency recently commissioned the firm<br />
Boston Dynamics to build a cheetah<br />
robot based on a similar design.<br />
BOSTON DYNAMICS / AEROVIRONMENT / HUOSHENG HU / SANGBAE KIM<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 19
“We will adapt our DNA to<br />
more readily accept the<br />
enhancements from<br />
nanotechnology and other<br />
bionic devices.”<br />
tion and cause substantial change<br />
within periods spanning only hundreds<br />
and thousands of years. The<br />
interplay between our ability to map<br />
and manipulate our own DNA, as<br />
well as to integrate mechanical<br />
mechanisms into our own physiology,<br />
is driving this evolutionary adaptation.<br />
We will adapt our DNA to<br />
more readily accept the enhancements<br />
from nanotechnology and<br />
other bionic devices, and we’ll engineer<br />
these to synch up with our<br />
DNA improvisations. As a result, humanity’s<br />
evolutionary momentum<br />
will spiral quicker and quicker. Fashion,<br />
self-image, and social bonding<br />
will influence the “look and feel” as<br />
much as utility. So hopefully, humans<br />
won’t resemble the Borgs of<br />
Star Trek, except for those of us making<br />
an aesthetic choice to do so.<br />
Writers such as Joel Garreau, author<br />
of Radical Evolution (Doubleday,<br />
2005), have suggested that accelerating<br />
technology could lead to an evolutionary<br />
bifurcation between the<br />
haves and have nots. Economic, religious,<br />
philosophical, and cultural<br />
views may prevent some geographical<br />
or demographic groups from participating<br />
in actions advancing their<br />
self-evolution.<br />
The masses of humanity may not<br />
be able to afford such enhancements<br />
to themselves or their offspring.<br />
Those who can obtain genetic and<br />
artificial organ replacements may be<br />
able to live longer and healthier, and<br />
thus will be more likely to survive<br />
and reproduce. It is possible that,<br />
over time (that is, in much quicker<br />
periods than afforded through natural<br />
evolution), genetic differences between<br />
humans who augment and al-<br />
ter their genetic code<br />
may differ enough<br />
from those who do<br />
not. The variance may<br />
prevent interbreeding.<br />
This would lead<br />
to the creation of a<br />
separate new species.<br />
Now, a new competitor is also<br />
emerging on the scene. This one is<br />
all artificial, with no flesh or DNA.<br />
The arrival and evolution of humanoid<br />
robots competing against cyborgs<br />
and those humans who have<br />
resisted change may be reminiscent<br />
of the competition between Homo sapiens,<br />
Neanderthals, Homo erectus,<br />
and the “hobbit” people of the Indonesian<br />
island of Flores.<br />
Competition in Robotic Evolution<br />
Homo sapiens chauvinists like to<br />
think we were the fittest for survival<br />
and outcompeted the other hominids.<br />
We did have some fine competitive<br />
traits, but our success has to do<br />
with some degree of luck.<br />
There were two points when Homo<br />
sapiens almost went extinct. Between<br />
195,000 and 123,000 years ago, Earth<br />
was in the middle of a glacial phase<br />
and the Homo sapiens population was<br />
estimated to have gone from about<br />
10,000 inhabitants down to as few as<br />
600 people. Approximately 70,000<br />
years ago, drought may have shrunk<br />
the human population down to just<br />
2,000 folks. However, this was soon<br />
followed by the “flight out of Africa,”<br />
which led to a rapid expansion<br />
both in geography and in numbers<br />
for mankind. What a very exciting<br />
and competitive ancient world that<br />
Homo sapiens resided in! Machine<br />
evolution will be both more exciting<br />
and far more rapid.<br />
Certainly, machinery endowed<br />
with artificial intelligence does not<br />
have to be robotic; it may be like<br />
HAL in 2001: A Space Odyssey, and<br />
reside within a computer’s memory<br />
core, or be part of a networked set of<br />
computers. Robots do not need to be<br />
humanoid like the Asimo robot developed<br />
by Honda. They can be<br />
wheeled or tracked unmanned vehicles<br />
like Stanley, the self-driving<br />
car that completed the 2005 DARPA<br />
Grand Challenge race. They could<br />
have multiple legs like Boston Dynamic’s<br />
famous Big Dog robot.<br />
There are far better forms for robots<br />
than “human,” depending on<br />
what the robot is designed to do. But<br />
robots that are designed to perform<br />
multiple chores previously done by<br />
humans—from throwing out the<br />
garbage to walking the dog to repairing<br />
a satellite—will likely be humanoid<br />
in nature. These humanoids<br />
would be our most immediate competitors.<br />
Accelerating Robotic Evolution<br />
Some scientists and science commentators<br />
have expressed skepticism<br />
that sentience could ever be<br />
created in a machine setting. They’re<br />
impatient that humanistic AI has not<br />
yet been achieved, even though researchers<br />
have been aggressively<br />
pursuing artificial intelligence for<br />
decades.<br />
Others disagree. Hans Moravec,<br />
the renowned roboticist at Carnegie<br />
Mellon University and author of<br />
Mind Children (Harvard, 1990), predicts<br />
that robots will surpass human<br />
intelligence by 2030, will develop<br />
humanlike consciousness, will be<br />
aware of the world and social interactions,<br />
and will gain the ability to<br />
replicate themselves and pace their<br />
own evolution. Physicist Michio<br />
Kaku, author of Physics of the Future<br />
(Doubleday, 2011), predicts that<br />
helpful robots performing the role of<br />
butlers and maids will be available<br />
by the year 2100. He is unsure how<br />
intelligent they will be, but they will<br />
have the capacity to mimic all sorts<br />
of human behavior.<br />
Whether either Moravec or Kaku<br />
is off by a decade or two, or even<br />
20 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
configured their PCs with tens of billions<br />
of bits of RAM.<br />
If one accepts the comparison of<br />
computer bits to neurons as described<br />
by Moravec, then the computer<br />
’s growth in evolution expanded<br />
each decade what it took<br />
Mother Nature to achieve every<br />
hundred million years. Moravec calculates<br />
that human engineering of<br />
artificial intelligence is occurring at<br />
10 million times the speed of natural<br />
evolution.<br />
An approach to AI called embodiment,<br />
or embodied embedded cognition,<br />
maintains that intelligent behavior<br />
occurs out of the interplay<br />
among the brain, the body, and the<br />
world. Some philosophers, cognitive<br />
scientists, and AI researchers believe<br />
that the type of thinking done by the<br />
human brain is determined by certain<br />
aspects of the human body.<br />
Ideas, thoughts, concepts, and reasoning<br />
are shaped by our perceptual<br />
system—our ability to perceive,<br />
move, and interact with our world.<br />
Roboticists such as Moravec and<br />
Rodney Brooks (founder of iRobot<br />
Corp. and Heartland Robotics Inc.)<br />
maintain that, in order to achieve<br />
human-level intelligence, any AI-endowed<br />
system would have to deal<br />
with humanlike artifacts, and thus a<br />
humanoid would be the optimal robot<br />
to achieve this.<br />
The new field of evolutionary robotics,<br />
like its namesake of evoluseveral<br />
hundred years, it is really<br />
insignificant when compared<br />
to the glacial pace of natural<br />
evolution. In his 2000<br />
paper “Robots, Re-Evolving<br />
Mind,” Moravec compares the<br />
evolution of intelligence in the<br />
natural world with the progress<br />
occurring in the field of information<br />
technology.<br />
Natural intelligence evolution<br />
starts from wormlike animals<br />
with a few hundred neurons<br />
occurring more than 570<br />
million years ago. Very primitive<br />
fish that appeared 470 million<br />
years ago had about 100,000 neurons.<br />
One hundred million years<br />
later, amphibians with a few million<br />
neurons emerged from the swamps.<br />
One hundred fifty million years<br />
later, the first small mammals appeared<br />
and had brain capacities with<br />
several hundred million neurons.<br />
The bigger co-inhabitants at the<br />
time, the dinosaurs, had brains with<br />
several billion neurons.<br />
After the extinction of the dinosaurs<br />
65 million years ago, mammalian<br />
brains also reached sizes of several<br />
billion neurons. The first<br />
hominids of about 30 million years<br />
ago had brains of 20 billion neurons.<br />
You and I, and our contemporary<br />
human colleagues, have brains operating<br />
with approximately 100 billion<br />
neurons.<br />
Compare this to the artificial intelligence<br />
evolutionary track beginning<br />
with the first electromechanical computers<br />
built around 1940, which had<br />
a few hundred bits of telephone relay<br />
storage. By 1955, computers had<br />
acquired 100,000 bits of rotating<br />
magnetic memory. Ten years later,<br />
computers had millions of bits of<br />
magnetic core memory. By 1975,<br />
many computer core memories had<br />
exceeded 10 million bits, and by<br />
1985, 100 million bits. By 1995, larger<br />
computer systems had reached several<br />
billion bits. By the year 2000, a<br />
few personal computer owners had<br />
“[Hans] Moravec<br />
calculates that human<br />
engineering of artificial<br />
intelligence is<br />
occurring at<br />
10 million times the<br />
speed of natural<br />
evolution.”<br />
tionary biology, relies on the<br />
Darwinian principle of the reproduction<br />
of the fittest. This<br />
view posits that autonomous<br />
robots will develop and evolve<br />
from interaction with the environment.<br />
The fittest robots will<br />
reproduce by observing their<br />
interactions with the environment<br />
and incorporating mutations<br />
that increase their survivability.<br />
Humans will be unable to<br />
match the rapid evolutionary<br />
jumps afforded to completely<br />
artificial beings, even with advances<br />
in cybernetics and genetic engineering.<br />
Robotic humanoids will only be<br />
limited by the laws of physics and<br />
not by those of biology, which even<br />
genetic engineering can’t alter.<br />
Hopefully, the sort of destructive<br />
competition that eliminated the rivals<br />
to Homo sapiens in the past—including<br />
such competitors as Homo<br />
erectus and the Neanderthals—will<br />
not be repeated in the next evolutionary<br />
stage.<br />
In the best possible future, non-altered<br />
humans, humans with cybernetic<br />
implants, and robotic humanoids<br />
will learn from each other,<br />
borrow and share technology, and<br />
engage in friendly collaboration, cooperation,<br />
and competition to benefit<br />
all. In considering which robotic<br />
designs to support or, on the national<br />
level, to fund, that seems a<br />
good ideal to aim for.<br />
❑<br />
About the Author<br />
Steven M. Shaker is an executive<br />
in a market research<br />
and training firm. He is an<br />
authority on technology assessments,<br />
forecasting, and<br />
competitive intelligence. He<br />
is co-author, with Alan Wise,<br />
of War Without Men: Robots on the Future<br />
Battlefield (Pergamon-Brassey’s, 1988)<br />
and, with Mark Gembicki, of The WarRoom<br />
Guide to Competitive Intelligence (McGraw-<br />
Hill, 1998). E-mail steve.shaker@cox.net.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 21
Eroding<br />
Futures<br />
Why Healthy<br />
Soil Matters to<br />
Civilization<br />
By Lester R. Brown<br />
© MARK WRAGG / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
22 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
The earth beneath our feet is the Earth’s<br />
infrastructure for the resources that<br />
sustain our civilizations—and our futures.<br />
A leading agricultural policy expert shows<br />
what we must do to save the soil.<br />
Th e s i g n s t h a t o u r<br />
civilization is in trouble are<br />
multiplying. During most<br />
of the 6,000 years since<br />
civilization began, we lived<br />
on the sustainable yield of the<br />
Earth’s natural systems. In recent<br />
decades, however, humanity has<br />
overshot the level that those systems<br />
can sustain.<br />
We are liquidating the Earth’s natural<br />
assets to fuel our consumption.<br />
Half of us live in countries where<br />
water tables are falling and wells are<br />
going dry. Soil erosion exceeds soil<br />
formation on one-third of the<br />
world’s cropland, draining the land<br />
of its fertility. The world’s evergrowing<br />
herds of cattle, sheep, and<br />
goats are converting vast stretches of<br />
grassland to desert. Forests are<br />
shrinking by 13 million acres per<br />
year as we clear land for agriculture<br />
and cut trees for lumber and paper.<br />
Four-fifths of oceanic fisheries are<br />
being fished at capacity or overfished<br />
and headed for collapse. In<br />
system after system, demand is overshooting<br />
supply.<br />
For past civilizations, it was sometimes<br />
a single environmental trend<br />
that was primarily responsible for<br />
their decline. Sometimes it was multiple<br />
trends. For ancient Sumer, de-<br />
Chart created by Pacific Northwest National Laboratory researchers illustrates the importance<br />
of soil as a foundation for society and the future stability of civilizations. Because of<br />
soil’s importance to so many critical issues, the researchers encourage soil scientists to<br />
broaden their focus to entire ecosystems.<br />
PNNL, WWW.PNL.GOV<br />
cline could be attributed to rising<br />
salt concentrations in the soil as a result<br />
of an environmental flaw in the<br />
design of their otherwise extraordinary<br />
irrigation system. After a point,<br />
the salts accumulating in the soil led<br />
to a decline in wheat yields. The Sumerians<br />
then shifted to barley, a<br />
more salt-tolerant crop, but eventually<br />
barley yields also began to decline.<br />
The collapse of the civilization<br />
followed.<br />
Although we live in a highly urbanized,<br />
technologically advanced<br />
society, we are as dependent on the<br />
Earth’s natural support systems as<br />
the Sumerians and Mayans were. If<br />
we continue with business as usual,<br />
civilizational collapse is no longer a<br />
matter of whether but when. We now<br />
have an economy that is destroying<br />
its natural support systems and has<br />
put us on a decline and collapse<br />
path. We are dangerously close to<br />
the edge. Among other actions, we<br />
need a worldwide effort to conserve<br />
soil, similar to the U.S. response to<br />
the Dust Bowl of the 1930s.<br />
On March 20, 2010, a suffocating<br />
dust storm enveloped Beijing. The<br />
city’s weather bureau took the unusual<br />
step of describing the air quality<br />
as hazardous, urging people to<br />
stay inside or to cover their faces<br />
when they were outdoors. Visibility<br />
was low, forcing motorists to drive<br />
with their lights on in daytime.<br />
Beijing was not the only area affected.<br />
This particular dust storm engulfed<br />
scores of cities in five provinces,<br />
directly affecting more than<br />
250 million people. It was not an isolated<br />
incident. Every spring, residents<br />
of eastern Chinese cities, including<br />
Beijing and Tianjin, hunker<br />
down as the dust storms begin.<br />
Along with the difficulty in breathing<br />
and the stinging eyes, there is a<br />
constant struggle to keep dust out of<br />
homes and to clear doorways and<br />
sidewalks of dust and sand. The<br />
farmers and herders whose livelihoods<br />
are blowing away are paying<br />
an even higher price.<br />
These annual dust storms affect<br />
not only China, but neighboring<br />
countries as well. The March 20 dust<br />
storm arrived in South Korea soon<br />
after leaving Beijing. It was described<br />
by the Korean Meteorological<br />
Administration as the worst dust<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 23
JAMES YOUNG / USDA-ARS<br />
In a U.S. pasture, the land shown on the right has been<br />
stripped by grazing goats. With more than 30 times as<br />
many goats and sheep as the United States has, northern<br />
and western China’s farmlands are at risk, as the loss of<br />
protective vegetation exposes topsoil to wind erosion.<br />
JACK DYKINGA USDA-ARS<br />
Low-till farming versus deep-till? Conventional deep-tilling techniques<br />
(right) expose soil to erosion and disrupt the work of microbes and<br />
earthworms, according to the U.S. Agricultural Research Service. But<br />
low-till farming and covering land with crop residue offer greater protections<br />
for the soil.<br />
Civilization’s Earthy Foundation<br />
The thin layer of topsoil that covstorm<br />
on record. In a similar event in<br />
2002, South Korea was engulfed by<br />
so much dust from China that<br />
people in Seoul were literally gasping<br />
for breath, reported Howard<br />
French for The New York Times.<br />
Schools were closed, airline flights<br />
were canceled, retail sales fell, and<br />
clinics were overrun with patients<br />
having difficulty breathing. Koreans<br />
have come to dread the arrival of<br />
what they call “the fifth season”—<br />
the dust storms of late winter and<br />
early spring.<br />
While people living in China and<br />
South Korea are all too familiar with<br />
dust storms, the rest of the world<br />
typically learns about this fast-grow-<br />
ing ecological catastrophe when the<br />
massive soil-laden storms leave the<br />
region. In April 2010, a National<br />
Aeronautics and Space Administration<br />
(NASA) satellite tracked a dust<br />
storm from China as it journeyed to<br />
the east coast of the United States.<br />
Originating in the Taklimakan and<br />
Gobi deserts, it ultimately covered<br />
an area stretching from North Carolina<br />
to Pennsylvania. Such huge dust<br />
storms carry off millions of tons of<br />
topsoil, a resource that will take centuries<br />
to replace.<br />
ers much of the planet’s land surface<br />
and is typically measured in inches<br />
is the foundation of civilization. Soil<br />
is “the skin of the earth—the frontier<br />
between geology and biology,”<br />
writes geomorphologist David<br />
Montgomery in Dirt: The Erosion of<br />
Civilizations. After the Earth was created,<br />
soil formed slowly over geological<br />
time from the weathering of<br />
rocks. This soil supported early plant<br />
life on land. As plant life spread, the<br />
plants protected the soil from wind<br />
and water erosion, permitting it to<br />
accumulate and to support even<br />
more vegetation. This relationship<br />
facilitated an accumulation of topsoil<br />
that could support a rich diversity of<br />
C. G. WAGNER / WFS NASA IMAGE COURTESY OF JEFF SCHMALTZ, MODIS RAPID RESPONSE TEAM, NASA-GODDARD SPACE FLIGHT CENTER<br />
The People’s Garden at U.S. Department of Agriculture<br />
headquarters in Washington, D.C., displays examples of<br />
soil-friendly agricultural techniques, including drip irrigation<br />
and coverage with crop residue.<br />
Thick dust clogs the air over China’s Taklimakan Desert, September<br />
2010. Soil erosion is not just a local problem (and one that may take<br />
centuries to repair), but also a global problem, as the wind carries<br />
away topsoil to the other side of the world.<br />
24 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
plant and animal life.<br />
As long as soil erosion on cropland<br />
does not exceed new soil formation,<br />
all is well. But once it does,<br />
it leads to falling soil fertility and<br />
eventually to land abandonment.<br />
Sadly, soil formed on a geological<br />
time scale is being removed on a human<br />
time scale.<br />
Soil erosion is “the silent global<br />
crisis,” observes journalist Stephen<br />
Leahy in Earth Island Journal. “It is<br />
akin to tire wear on your car—a<br />
gradual, unobserved process that<br />
has potentially catastrophic consequences<br />
if ignored for too long.”<br />
Losing productive topsoil means<br />
losing both organic matter in the soil<br />
and vegetation on the land, thus releasing<br />
carbon into the atmosphere.<br />
The 2,500 billion tons of carbon<br />
stored in soils dwarfs the 760 billion<br />
tons in the atmosphere, according to<br />
soil scientist Rattan Lal of Ohio State<br />
University. The bottom line is that<br />
land degradation is helping drive<br />
climate change.<br />
Soil erosion is not new. It is as old<br />
as the Earth itself. What is new is<br />
that it has gradually accelerated ever<br />
since agriculture began. At some<br />
point, probably during the nineteenth<br />
century, the loss of topsoil<br />
from erosion surpassed the new soil<br />
that is formed through natural processes.<br />
Today, roughly a third of the<br />
world’s cropland is losing topsoil at<br />
an excessive rate, thereby reducing<br />
the land’s inherent productivity. An<br />
analysis of several studies on soil<br />
erosion’s effect on U.S. crop yields<br />
concluded that, for each inch of topsoil<br />
lost, wheat and corn yields declined<br />
by close to 6%.<br />
In August 2010, the United Nations<br />
announced that desertification<br />
now affects 25% of the Earth’s land<br />
area, threatening the livelihoods of<br />
more than 1 billion people—the families<br />
of farmers and herders in<br />
roughly 100 countries.<br />
China may face the biggest challenge<br />
of all. After the economic reforms<br />
in 1978 that shifted the responsibility<br />
for farming from large<br />
state-organized production teams to<br />
individual farm families, China’s<br />
cattle, sheep, and goat populations<br />
spiraled upward. The United States,<br />
S S S S S Dust Bowl Redux S S S S S S<br />
Dust storms provide highly vis ible evidence of soil<br />
erosion and desertification. Once vegetation is removed<br />
either by overgrazing or overplowing, the wind begins<br />
to blow the small soil particles away. Because the particles<br />
are small, they can remain<br />
airborne over great distances.<br />
Once they are largely gone, leaving<br />
only larger particles, sandstorms<br />
begin. These are local phenomena,<br />
often resulting in dune<br />
formation and the abandonment<br />
of both farming and grazing.<br />
Sandstorms are the final phase in<br />
the desertification process.<br />
In some situations, the threat to<br />
topsoil comes primarily from overplowing,<br />
as in the U.S. Dust Bowl,<br />
but in other situations, such as in<br />
northern China, the cause is primarily<br />
overgrazing. In either case,<br />
permanent vegetation is destroyed<br />
and soils become vulnerable to<br />
both wind and water erosion.<br />
Giant dust bowls are historically<br />
new, confined to the last<br />
century or so. During the late nineteenth century, millions<br />
of Americans pushed westward, homesteading on<br />
the Great Plains, plowing vast areas of grassland to produce<br />
wheat. Much of this land—highly erodible when<br />
plowed—should have remained in grass. Exacerbated by<br />
a prolonged drought, this overexpansion culminated in<br />
the 1930s Dust Bowl, a traumatic period chronicled in<br />
John Steinbeck’s novel The Grapes of Wrath. In a crash<br />
program to save its soils, the United States returned<br />
large areas of eroded cropland to grass, adopted strip-<br />
cropping, and planted thousands of miles of tree shelterbelts.<br />
Three decades later, history repeated itself in the Soviet<br />
Union. In an all-out effort to expand grain production in<br />
the late 1950s, the Soviets plowed<br />
an area of grassland roughly equal<br />
to the wheat area of Australia and<br />
Canada combined. The result, as<br />
Soviet agronomists had predicted,<br />
was an ecological disaster—another<br />
Dust Bowl.<br />
Kazakhstan, which was at the<br />
center of this Soviet Virgin Lands<br />
Project, saw its grainland area peak<br />
at just over 25 million hectares in<br />
the mid-1980s. (One hectare equals<br />
2.47 acres.) It then shrank to less<br />
than 11 million hectares in 1999. It<br />
is now slowly expanding, and<br />
grainland area is back up to 17 million<br />
hectares. Even on the remaining<br />
land, however, the average<br />
wheat yield is scarcely 1 ton per<br />
hectare, a far cry from the 7 tons<br />
per hectare that farmers get in<br />
France, western Europe’s leading wheat producer.<br />
Today, two giant dust bowls are forming. One is in the<br />
Asian heartland in northern and western China, western<br />
Mongolia, and central Asia. The other is in central Africa<br />
in the Sahel—the savannah-like ecosystem that stretches<br />
across Africa, separating the Sahara Desert from the tropical<br />
rain forests to the south. Both are massive in scale,<br />
dwarfing anything the world has seen before. They are<br />
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, PRINTS & PHOTOGRAPHS DIVISION, FSA/OWI<br />
COLLECTION, [REPRODUCTION NUMBER, LC-DIG-FSA-8B38282]<br />
Son of a farmer in Cimarron County,<br />
Oklahoma, during the Dust Bowl. Photographed<br />
by Arthur Rothstein, April 1936.<br />
caused, in varying degrees, by overgrazing, overplowing,<br />
and deforestation.<br />
—Lester R. Brown<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 25
and underweight.<br />
Africa, too, is suffering heavily<br />
from unsustainable demands on its<br />
croplands and grasslands. Soil scientist<br />
Rattan Lal made the first estimate<br />
of continental yield losses due<br />
to soil erosion. He concluded that<br />
soil erosion and other forms of land<br />
degradation have cost Africa 8 million<br />
tons of grain per year, or<br />
roughly 8% of its annual harvest. Lal<br />
expects the loss to climb to 16 million<br />
tons by 2020 if soil erosion continues<br />
unabated.<br />
On the northern fringe of the Sahara,<br />
countries such as Algeria and<br />
Morocco are attempting to halt the<br />
desertification that is threatening<br />
their fertile croplands. Algeria is losing<br />
100,000 acres of its most fertile<br />
lands to desertification each year, according<br />
to President Abdelaziz<br />
Bouteflika. For a country that has<br />
only 7 million acres of grainland,<br />
this is not a trivial loss. Among other<br />
measures, Algeria is planting its<br />
southernmost cropland in perennials,<br />
such as fruit orchards, olive orchards,<br />
and vineyards—crops that<br />
can help keep the soil in place.<br />
Mounting population pressures<br />
are evident everywhere on this continent<br />
where the growth in livestock<br />
numbers closely tracks that in human<br />
numbers. In 1950, Africa was<br />
home to 227 million people and<br />
about 300 million livestock. By 2009,<br />
there were 1 billion people and 862<br />
million livestock. With livestock demands<br />
now often exceeding grassland<br />
carrying capacity by half or<br />
more, grassland is turning into desert.<br />
In addition to overgrazing, parts<br />
of the Sahel are suffering from an extended<br />
drought, one that scientists<br />
link to climate change.<br />
The incidence of Saharan dust<br />
storms—once rare—has increased<br />
10-fold during the last half century,<br />
reports Andrew Goudie, professor of<br />
geography at Oxford University.<br />
Among the African countries most<br />
affected by soil loss from wind erosion<br />
are Niger, Chad, Mauritania,<br />
northern Nigeria, and Burkina Faso.<br />
In Mauritania, in Africa’s far west,<br />
the number of dust storms jumped<br />
from two a year in the early 1960s to<br />
80 a year recently.<br />
And the impacts are global. Dust<br />
storms leaving Africa travel westa<br />
country with comparable grazing<br />
capacity, has 94 million cattle, a<br />
slightly larger herd than China’s 92<br />
million. But when it comes to sheep<br />
and goats, the United States has a<br />
combined population of only 9 million,<br />
whereas China has 281 million.<br />
Concentrated in China’s western<br />
and northern provinces, these animals<br />
are stripping the land of its protective<br />
vegetation. The wind then<br />
does the rest, removing the soil and<br />
converting rangeland into desert.<br />
Wang Tao, one of the world’s leading<br />
desert scholars, reports that,<br />
from 1950 to 1975, an average of 600<br />
square miles of land turned to desert<br />
each year. Between 1975 and 1987,<br />
this climbed to 810 square miles a<br />
year. From then until the century’s<br />
end, it jumped to 1,390 square miles<br />
of land going to desert annually.<br />
China is now at war. It is not invading<br />
armies that are claiming its<br />
territory, but expanding deserts. Old<br />
deserts are advancing and new ones<br />
are forming like guerrilla forces<br />
striking unexpectedly, forcing Beijing<br />
to fight on several fronts.<br />
While major dust storms make the<br />
news when they affect cities, the<br />
heavy damage is in the area of origin.<br />
These regions are affected by<br />
storms of dust and sand combined.<br />
An intense 1993 sandstorm in Gansu<br />
Province in China’s northwest destroyed<br />
430,000 acres of standing<br />
crops, damaged 40,000 trees, killed<br />
67,000 cattle and sheep, blew away<br />
67,000 acres of plastic greenhouses,<br />
injured 278 people, and killed 49 individuals.<br />
Forty-two passenger and<br />
freight trains were either canceled or<br />
delayed, or simply parked to wait<br />
until the storm passed and the tracks<br />
were cleared of sand dunes.<br />
Other Regions in the Dust<br />
While China is battling its expanding<br />
deserts, India, with scarcely 2%<br />
of the world’s land area, is struggling<br />
to support 17% of the world’s<br />
people and 18% of its cattle. According<br />
to a team of scientists at the<br />
Indian Space Research Organization,<br />
24% of India’s land area is slowly<br />
turning into desert. It thus comes as<br />
no surprise that many of India’s<br />
cattle are emaciated and over 40% of<br />
its children are chronically hungry<br />
ward across the Atlantic, depositing<br />
so much dust in the Caribbean that<br />
they cloud the water and damage<br />
coral reefs.<br />
Nigeria, Africa’s most populous<br />
country, reports losing 867,000 acres<br />
of rangeland and cropland to desertification<br />
each year. While Nigeria’s<br />
human population was growing<br />
from 37 million in 1950 to 151 million<br />
in 2008, a fourfold expansion, its<br />
livestock population grew from 6<br />
million to 104 million, a 17-fold<br />
jump. With the forage needs of Nigeria’s<br />
16 million cattle and 88 million<br />
sheep and goats exceeding the sustainable<br />
yield of grasslands, the<br />
northern part of the country is<br />
slowly turning to desert. If Nigeria’s<br />
population keeps growing as projected,<br />
the associated land degradation<br />
will eventually undermine herding<br />
and farming.<br />
In East Africa, Kenya is being<br />
squeezed by spreading deserts. Desertification<br />
affects up to a fourth of<br />
the country’s 39 million people. As<br />
elsewhere, the combination of overgrazing,<br />
overcutting, and overplowing<br />
is eroding soils, costing the country<br />
valuable productive land.<br />
In Afghanistan, a UN Environment<br />
Programme (UNEP) team reports<br />
that in the Sistan region “up to<br />
100 villages have been submerged<br />
by windblown dust and sand.” The<br />
Registan Desert is migrating westward,<br />
encroaching on agricultural<br />
areas. In the country’s northwest,<br />
sand dunes are moving onto agricultural<br />
land in the upper Amu Darya<br />
basin, their path cleared by the loss<br />
of stabilizing vegetation due to firewood<br />
gathering and overgrazing.<br />
The UNEP team observed sand<br />
dunes as high as a five-story building<br />
blocking roads, forcing residents<br />
to establish new routes.<br />
An Afghan Ministry of Agriculture<br />
and Food report reads like an epitaph<br />
on a gravestone: “Soil fertility is<br />
declining,... water tables have dramatically<br />
fallen, de-vegetation is extensive<br />
and soil erosion by water<br />
and wind is widespread.” After<br />
nearly three decades of armed conflict<br />
and the related deprivation and<br />
devastation, Afghanistan’s forests<br />
are nearly gone. Seven southern<br />
provinces are losing cropland to encroaching<br />
sand dunes. And like<br />
26 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
many failing states, even if Afghanistan<br />
had appropriate environmental<br />
policies, it lacks the law enforcement<br />
authority to implement them.<br />
Neighboring Iran illustrates the<br />
pressures facing the Middle East.<br />
With 8 million cattle and 79 million<br />
sheep and goats—the source of wool<br />
for its fabled Persian carpet-making<br />
industry—Iran’s rangelands are deteriorating<br />
from overstocking. In the<br />
southeastern province of Sistan-<br />
Balochistan, sandstorms have buried<br />
124 villages, forcing their abandonment.<br />
Drifting sands have covered<br />
grazing areas, starving livestock and<br />
depriving villagers of their livelihood.<br />
In Iraq, suffering from nearly a<br />
decade of war and recent drought, a<br />
new dust bowl appears to be forming.<br />
Chronically plagued by overgrazing<br />
and overplowing, Iraq is<br />
now losing irrigation water to its upstream<br />
riparian neighbors—Turkey,<br />
Syria, and Iran. The reduced river<br />
flow—combined with the drying up<br />
of marshlands, the deterioration of<br />
irrigation infrastructure, and the<br />
shrinking irrigated area—is drying<br />
out Iraq. The Fertile Crescent, the<br />
cradle of civilization, may be turning<br />
into a dust bowl.<br />
Dust storms are occurring with increasing<br />
frequency in Iraq. In July<br />
2009, a dust storm raged for several<br />
days in what was described as the<br />
worst such storm in Iraq’s history.<br />
As it traveled eastward into Iran, the<br />
authorities in Tehran closed government<br />
offices, private offices, schools,<br />
and factories. Although this new<br />
dust bowl is small compared with<br />
those centered in northwest China<br />
and central Africa, it is nonetheless<br />
an unsettling new development in<br />
this region.<br />
Food and Forage<br />
One indicator that helps us assess<br />
grassland health is changes in the<br />
goat population relative to those of<br />
sheep and cattle. As grasslands deteriorate,<br />
grass is typically replaced by<br />
desert shrubs. In such a degraded<br />
environment, cattle and sheep do<br />
not fare well, but goats—being particularly<br />
hardy ruminants—forage<br />
on the shrubs. Between 1970 and<br />
2009, the world cattle population in-<br />
Restoring Earth’s Soil Foundation<br />
Restoring the Earth will take an<br />
enormous international effort, one<br />
far more demanding than the Marshall<br />
Plan that helped rebuild wartorn<br />
Europe and Japan after World<br />
War II. And such an initiative must<br />
be undertaken at wartime speed before<br />
environmental deterioration<br />
translates into economic decline, just<br />
as it did for the Sumerians, the<br />
Mayans, and many other early civilizations<br />
whose archaeological sites<br />
we study today.<br />
Protecting the 10 billion acres of<br />
remaining forests on Earth and replanting<br />
many of those already lost,<br />
for example, are both essential for restoring<br />
the planet’s health. Since<br />
2000, the Earth’s forest cover has<br />
shrunk by a net 13 million acres each<br />
year, with annual losses of 32 million<br />
acres far exceeding the regrowth of<br />
19 million acres.<br />
Thus, protecting the Earth’s soil<br />
warrants a worldwide ban on the<br />
clear-cutting of forests in favor of selective<br />
harvesting, simply because<br />
each successive clear-cut brings<br />
heavy soil loss and eventual forest<br />
degeneration. Restoring the Earth’s<br />
tree and grass cover, as well as practicing<br />
conservation agriculture, protects<br />
soil from erosion, reduces<br />
flooding, and sequesters carbon.<br />
We also need a tree-planting effort<br />
to both conserve soil and sequester<br />
carbon. To achieve these goals, billions<br />
of trees need to be planted on<br />
millions of acres of degraded lands<br />
that have lost their tree cover and on<br />
marginal croplands and pasturelands<br />
that are no longer productive.<br />
Planting trees is just one of many<br />
activities that will remove meaningful<br />
quantities of carbon from the atmosphere.<br />
Improved grazing and<br />
land management practices that increased<br />
by 28% and the sheep population<br />
stayed relatively static, but the<br />
goat population more than doubled.<br />
In some developing countries, the<br />
growth in the goat population is dramatic.<br />
While Pakistan’s cattle population<br />
doubled between 1961 and<br />
2009, and the sheep population<br />
nearly tripled, the goat population<br />
grew more than sixfold and is now<br />
equal to that of the cattle and sheep<br />
populations combined.<br />
As countries lose their topsoil,<br />
they eventually lose the capacity to<br />
feed themselves. Among those<br />
facing this problem are Lesotho,<br />
Haiti, Mongolia, and North Korea.<br />
Lesotho—one of Africa’s smallest<br />
countries, with only 2 million<br />
people—is paying a heavy price for<br />
its soil losses. A UN team visited in<br />
2002 to assess its food prospect.<br />
Their finding was straightforward:<br />
“Agriculture in Lesotho faces a catastrophic<br />
future; crop production is<br />
declining and could cease altogether<br />
over large tracts of country if steps<br />
are not taken to reverse soil erosion,<br />
degradation, and the decline in soil<br />
fertility.”<br />
During the last 10 years, Lesotho’s<br />
grain harvest dropped by half as its<br />
soil fertility fell. Its collapsing agriculture<br />
has left the country heavily<br />
dependent on food imports. As Michael<br />
Grunwald reported in the<br />
Washington Post, nearly half of the<br />
children under five in Lesotho are<br />
stunted physically. “Many,” he<br />
wrote, “are too weak to walk to<br />
school.”<br />
In the Western Hemisphere,<br />
Haiti—one of the early failing<br />
states—was largely self-sufficient in<br />
grain 40 years ago. Since then, it has<br />
lost nearly all its forests and much of<br />
its topsoil, forcing it to import over<br />
half of its grain. Lesotho and Haiti<br />
are both dependent on UN World<br />
Food Programme lifelines.<br />
A similar situation exists in Mongolia,<br />
where over the last 20 years<br />
nearly three-fourths of the wheatland<br />
has been abandoned and wheat<br />
yields have started to fall, shrinking<br />
the harvest by four-fifths. Mongolia<br />
now imports nearly 70% of its wheat.<br />
North Korea, largely deforested<br />
and suffering from flood-induced<br />
soil erosion and land degradation,<br />
has watched its yearly grain harvest<br />
fall from a peak of 5 million tons<br />
during the 1980s to scarcely 3.5 million<br />
tons during the first decade of<br />
this century.<br />
Soil erosion is taking a human toll.<br />
Whether the degraded land is in<br />
Haiti, Lesotho, Mongolia, North<br />
Korea, or any of the many other<br />
countries losing their soil, the health<br />
of the people cannot be separated<br />
from the health of the land itself.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 27
S S References and Resources S S<br />
Data, endnotes, and additional resources can be found on Earth Policy’s Web<br />
site, at www.earth-policy.org. Also see:<br />
• Dirt: The Erosion of Civilizations by David R. Montgomery (University of<br />
California Press, 2007). A geomorphologist argues that we are running out<br />
of sufficient soil to feed future populations, making a case for organic inputs<br />
and conservation.<br />
• The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck (Viking Penguin Inc., 1939) puts environmental<br />
damage into a human context.<br />
• Food and Agriculture Organization (www.fao.org) provides information<br />
on soil and soil resources, conservation, desertification, land assessment,<br />
plant and crop nutrition, and more.<br />
• NASA’s Earth Observatory site (http://earthobservatory.nasa.gov) offers<br />
satellite imagery showing the extent and impacts of dust storms, droughts,<br />
and more.<br />
• U.S. Department of Agriculture Agricultural Research Service (www.ars<br />
.usda.gov) oversees the National Soil Erosion Research Laboratory, among<br />
many other programs promoting innovation in resource management.<br />
S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S<br />
tices on 37% of all cropland, reduced<br />
annual U.S. soil erosion from 3.1 billion<br />
tons to 1.9 billion tons between<br />
1982 and 1997. The U.S. approach offers<br />
a model for the rest of the world.<br />
Another tool in the soil conservation<br />
toolkit is conservation tillage,<br />
which includes both no-till and minimum<br />
tillage. Instead of the traditional<br />
cultural practices of plowing land<br />
and discing or harrowing it to prepare<br />
the seedbed, and then using a<br />
mechanical cultivator to control<br />
weeds in row crops, farmers simply<br />
drill seeds directly through crop residues<br />
into undisturbed soil, controlling<br />
weeds with herbicides. The only<br />
soil disturbance is the narrow slit in<br />
the soil surface where the seeds are<br />
inserted, leaving the remainder of the<br />
soil covered with crop residue and<br />
thus resistant to both water and wind<br />
erosion. In addition to reducing erosion,<br />
this practice retains water, raises<br />
soil carbon content, and greatly reduces<br />
energy use for tillage.<br />
In the United States, the no-till<br />
area went from 17 million acres in<br />
1990 to 65 million acres in 2007. Now<br />
widely used in the production of<br />
corn and soybeans, no-till has spread<br />
rapidly, covering 63 million acres in<br />
Brazil and Argentina and 42 million<br />
in Australia. Canada, not far behind,<br />
rounds out the five leading no-till<br />
countries. Farming practices that recrease<br />
the organic matter content in<br />
soil also sequester carbon.<br />
Lessons of the Dust Bowl<br />
The 1930s Dust Bowl that threatened<br />
to turn the U.S. Great Plains into<br />
a vast desert was a traumatic experience<br />
that led to revolutionary<br />
changes in American agricultural<br />
practices, including the planting of<br />
tree shelterbelts (rows of trees<br />
planted beside fields to slow wind<br />
and thus reduce wind erosion) and<br />
strip cropping (the planting of wheat<br />
on alternate strips with fallowed land<br />
each year). Strip cropping permits<br />
soil moisture to accumulate on the<br />
fallowed strips, while the alternating<br />
planted strips reduce wind speed and<br />
hence erosion on the idled land.<br />
In 1985, the U.S. Department of<br />
Agriculture, with strong support<br />
from the environmental community,<br />
created the Conservation Reserve<br />
Program (CRP) to reduce soil erosion<br />
and control overproduction of basic<br />
commodities. By 1990, there were<br />
some 35 million acres of highly erodible<br />
land with permanent vegetative<br />
cover under 10-year contracts. Under<br />
this program, farmers were paid<br />
to plant fragile cropland in grass or<br />
trees. The retirement of those 35 million<br />
acres under the CRP, together<br />
with the use of conservation prac-<br />
duce soil erosion and raise cropland<br />
productivity such as minimum-till,<br />
no-till, and mixed crop–livestock<br />
farming usually also lead to higher<br />
soil carbon content and soil moisture.<br />
In Kazakhstan, the 3 million<br />
acres in no-till seemed to fare better<br />
than land in conventional farming<br />
during the great Russian heat wave<br />
and drought of 2010.<br />
In sub-Saharan Africa, where the<br />
Sahara is moving southward all<br />
across the Sahel, countries are concerned<br />
about the growing displacement<br />
of people as grasslands and<br />
croplands turn to desert. As a result,<br />
the African Union has launched the<br />
Green Wall Sahara Initiative. This<br />
plan, originally proposed in 2005 by<br />
Olusegun Obasanjo when he was<br />
president of Nigeria, calls for planting<br />
a 4,300-mile band of trees, nine<br />
miles wide, stretching across Africa<br />
from Senegal to Djibouti. Senegal,<br />
which is losing 124,000 acres of productive<br />
land each year and which<br />
would anchor the green wall on the<br />
western end, has planted 326 miles<br />
of the band. A $119-million grant<br />
from the Global Environment Facility<br />
in June 2010 gave the project a<br />
big boost. Senegal’s Environment<br />
Minister, Modou Fada Diagne, says,<br />
“Instead of waiting for the desert to<br />
come to us, we need to attack it.”<br />
One key to the success of this initiative<br />
is improving management practices,<br />
such as rotational grazing.<br />
In the end, the only viable way to<br />
eliminate overgrazing on the twofifths<br />
of the Earth’s land surface classified<br />
as rangelands is to reduce the<br />
size of flocks and herds. Not only do<br />
the excessive numbers of cattle,<br />
sheep, and goats remove the vegetation,<br />
but their hoofs pulverize the<br />
protective crust of soil that is formed<br />
by rainfall and that naturally checks<br />
wind erosion. In some situations, the<br />
preferred option is to keep the animals<br />
in restricted areas, bringing the<br />
forage to them. India, which has successfully<br />
adopted this practice to<br />
build the world’s largest dairy industry,<br />
is a model for other countries.<br />
A Sustainable Plan to<br />
Preserve Soil<br />
Conserving the Earth’s topsoil by<br />
reducing erosion to the rate of new<br />
28 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
S S S S S S Plan B Budget S S S S S S<br />
Goal<br />
Funding<br />
(billion dollars)<br />
Basic Social Goals<br />
Universal primary education 10<br />
Eradication of adult illiteracy 4<br />
School lunch programs 3<br />
Aid to women, infants, preschool children 4<br />
Reproductive health and family planning 21<br />
Universal basic health care 33<br />
Total 75<br />
Grand total 185<br />
U.S. Military Budget 661<br />
Plan B Budget as share of this 28%<br />
World Military Budget 1,522<br />
Plan B Budget as share of this 12%<br />
Source: Military from SIPRI; other data at www.earth-policy.org.<br />
Goal<br />
Funding<br />
(billion dollars)<br />
Earth Restoration Goals<br />
Planting trees 23<br />
Protecting topsoil on cropland 24<br />
Restoring rangelands 9<br />
Restoring fisheries 13<br />
Stabilizing water tables 10<br />
Protecting biological diversity 31<br />
Total 110<br />
S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S S<br />
seems like a reasonable goal. Since<br />
this costs roughly $2 billion in the<br />
United States, which has one-eighth<br />
of the world’s cropland, the total for<br />
the world would be $16 billion annually.<br />
The second initiative on topsoil<br />
consists of adopting conservation<br />
practices on the remaining land that<br />
is subject to excessive erosion—that<br />
is, erosion that exceeds the natural<br />
rate of new soil formation. This initiative<br />
includes incentives to encourage<br />
farmers to adopt conservation<br />
practices such as contour farming,<br />
strip cropping, and, increasingly,<br />
minimum-till or no-till farming.<br />
These expenditures in the United<br />
States total roughly $1 billion per<br />
year. Assuming that the need for erosion<br />
control practices elsewhere is<br />
similar to that in the United States,<br />
we again multiply the U.S. expenditure<br />
by eight to get a total of $8 billion<br />
for the world as a whole. The<br />
two components together—$16 billion<br />
for retiring highly erodible land<br />
and $8 billion for adopting conservasoil<br />
formation or below has two<br />
parts. One is to retire the highly<br />
erodible land that cannot sustain cultivation—the<br />
estimated one-tenth of<br />
the world’s cropland that accounts<br />
for perhaps half of all excess erosion.<br />
For the United States, that has meant<br />
retiring nearly 35 million acres. The<br />
cost of keeping this land out of production<br />
is close to $50 per acre. In total,<br />
annual payments to farmers to<br />
plant this land in grass or trees under<br />
10-year contracts approaches $2<br />
billion.<br />
In expanding these estimates to<br />
cover the world, it is assumed that<br />
roughly 10% of the world’s cropland<br />
is highly erodible, as in the United<br />
States, and should be planted in<br />
grass or trees before the topsoil is<br />
lost and it becomes barren land. In<br />
both the United States and China,<br />
which together account for 40% of<br />
the world grain harvest, the official<br />
goal is to retire one-tenth of all cropland.<br />
For the world as a whole, converting<br />
10% of cropland that is<br />
highly erodible to grass or trees<br />
tion practices—give an annual total<br />
for the world of $24 billion.<br />
Altogether, then, restoring the<br />
economy’s natural support systems—reforesting<br />
the Earth, protecting<br />
topsoil, restoring rangelands and<br />
fisheries, stabilizing water tables,<br />
and protecting biological diversity—<br />
will require additional expenditures<br />
of just $110 billion per year. Many<br />
will ask, Can the world afford these<br />
investments? But the only appropriate<br />
question is, Can the world afford<br />
the consequences of not making<br />
these investments?<br />
❑<br />
About the Author<br />
Lester R. Brown is president<br />
of Earth Policy Institute and<br />
author of World on the Edge:<br />
How to Prevent Environmental<br />
and Economic Collapse<br />
(W.W. Norton & Company,<br />
2011), from which this<br />
article was adapted with permission. He<br />
may be contacted at Earth Policy Institute,<br />
1350 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Suite 403,<br />
Washington, D.C. 20036. Web site www<br />
.earth-policy.org; e-mail epi@earth-policy.org.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 29
A Convenient Truth<br />
About Clean Energy<br />
By Carl E. Schoder<br />
The Earth is awash in energy;<br />
we just need new infrastructure<br />
to tap it. A chemical engineer shows<br />
how we could break free of fossil fuels by<br />
deploying the power of ammonia and hydrogen.<br />
The prototype Hydrogen Hub electricity system can power a building complex with<br />
anhydrous ammonia fuel. The system captures energy from renewable energy sources<br />
and stores it in anhydrous ammonia.<br />
© JACK ROBERTSON / NORTHWEST HYDROGEN ALLIANCE<br />
© STEFAN BAUM / DREAMSTIME.COM<br />
Gas stations will make way for vehicle refueling stations that generate energy on-site<br />
via solar and wind power. This scene on the Dahme River outside Berlin, Germany,<br />
shows one such present-day refueling station. The boats draw power from the solar<br />
energy reserves.<br />
The convenient truth is that the<br />
world does not have an energy<br />
shortage; it simply lacks an energy<br />
infrastructure capable of using<br />
the abundant source of solar energy<br />
that we receive from the sun every<br />
day. The current worldwide demand<br />
of about 363 terawatt-hours per day<br />
could be met by covering just 0.5%<br />
of the world’s land area with silicon<br />
solar panels. Doing so, and building<br />
out other necessary infrastructure requirements,<br />
could meet our energy<br />
needs and eliminate dependency on<br />
nonrenewable petroleum.<br />
As we examine our energy future,<br />
we should keep in mind three fundamental<br />
requirements:<br />
1. Abundance. Because of the<br />
value that energy gives us in improv-<br />
30 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
ing the quality of life, the long-term<br />
abundance of an energy source and<br />
of the materials required to produce<br />
it is very important.<br />
2. Cleanness and greenness.<br />
Clean, green energy is important because<br />
we only have one Planet Earth.<br />
When we pollute and damage it, we<br />
are destroying our home.<br />
3. Widely distributed availability.<br />
Moving energy from point to point<br />
is an energy-consuming and wasteful<br />
practice, so ease of transport and<br />
accessibility are important considerations<br />
in building the energy future.<br />
Energy Supply<br />
We typically refer to fossil fuels as<br />
sources of energy. In reality, fossil<br />
fuels are stored forms of potential<br />
energy created from solar energy<br />
ages ago, so the real source was the<br />
sun. These fossil fuels are nonrenewable<br />
sources of energy; formed over<br />
eons, they are now being spent in a<br />
matter of decades.<br />
Gasoline, diesel, biodiesel, ethanol,<br />
methanol, hydrogen, and electricity<br />
are not true sources of energy because<br />
they need to be converted<br />
from other sources into these more<br />
convenient forms. Whenever one<br />
type of energy is converted into another<br />
type of energy, some of the<br />
source energy is lost as waste heat or<br />
friction (entropy). This entropy<br />
waste is one of many reasons why<br />
the conservation of all natural materials—including<br />
petroleum—is for<br />
the betterment of society.<br />
Solar energy, however, is different;<br />
it is constantly being generated and<br />
radiated into the universe. Any solar<br />
energy that we do not use becomes<br />
wasted light and heat energy, dispersed<br />
into the empty void of space<br />
as a sort of dark, weak energy that is<br />
unavailable for our use.<br />
A basic source of energy is fusion<br />
energy, which is in fact the primary<br />
source of all energy in the universe.<br />
Our sun is a fusion energy source, as<br />
are all of the billions of suns in the<br />
universe. Our sun has been producing<br />
reliable fusion energy for several<br />
billion years and is estimated to have<br />
a remaining life of more than 4.5 billion<br />
years. All we need is an infrastructure<br />
to collect and utilize the already<br />
ample solar energy it sends<br />
our planet’s surface daily—more<br />
than 2 million terawatt-hours.<br />
How much solar energy do we receive<br />
from the sun? Let us look<br />
briefly at the sources.<br />
Amount of Solar Energy Available<br />
There are four major types of energy<br />
sources that we get from the<br />
sun: heat, wind power, photosynthesis<br />
(biomass cultivation), and photovoltaic<br />
power. Heat is what warms<br />
the earth and makes it livable as a<br />
planet. Wind power is available, useful,<br />
and relatively inexpensive, but it<br />
is too limited to fulfill worldwide demands.<br />
Biomass is also an available<br />
option, but as a product of photosynthesis,<br />
it is less efficient than photovoltaic<br />
generation of electricity. Also,<br />
the competition for resources among<br />
agriculture, forestry, and energy must<br />
be carefully and cautiously evaluated<br />
before considering the use of biomass<br />
for energy on a large scale.<br />
Now let us look at how much photovoltaic<br />
solar energy is available<br />
from the sun. Starting with National<br />
Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration<br />
Solar Constant data measured<br />
at the stratosphere, we can estimate<br />
the average amount of sun continuously<br />
reaching the Earth’s surface at<br />
174 watts per square meter, which obviously<br />
varies by latitude, season,<br />
cloud cover, and other variables. In<br />
the region from the southern tip of<br />
Greenland in the north to the outer<br />
rim of the Antarctic Circle in the<br />
south, where most of the energy demand<br />
is and where most of the solar<br />
energy generators would be constructed,<br />
the amount of continuous<br />
solar exposure is greater than average,<br />
so the 174 watts per square meter<br />
is a valid and conservative value for<br />
estimating solar generation potential.<br />
Energy Storage<br />
The key to fundamental requirement<br />
#3, availability of energy, is<br />
storage. We shall now examine ammonia<br />
as a viable carbon-free energy<br />
storage option.<br />
Ammonia (NH 3<br />
) is a compound of<br />
one part nitrogen and three parts hydrogen.<br />
We are specifically interested<br />
in anhydrous ammonia (without water)<br />
as opposed to aqua ammonia,<br />
and with dissociated ammonia (the<br />
nitrogen and hydrogen components<br />
are split, with the resulting dissociated<br />
ammonia gas comprising 75%<br />
hydrogen by volume).<br />
Since dissociated ammonia is a<br />
gas, it is not a convenient storage<br />
medium. However, the combination<br />
of a tank of anhydrous ammonia<br />
connected to an on-demand ammonia<br />
dissociator is a surprisingly efficient<br />
energy storage and supply system.<br />
The “ammonia/dissociator”<br />
combination compares favorably<br />
with fossil fuels in volumetric energy<br />
density.<br />
In addition to its reasonable energy<br />
densities, ammonia and hydrogen<br />
are carbon-free energy sources.<br />
To be completely carbon-free, the<br />
source of hydrogen for the manufacture<br />
of the ammonia must be by water<br />
electrolysis. The electricity to<br />
electrolyze the water would be most<br />
efficiently provided from solar energy<br />
sources, such as photovoltaic or<br />
solar thermal collectors. An advantage<br />
of the anhydrous ammonia/dissociated<br />
ammonia energy storage<br />
system is that, by comparison, current<br />
battery technology is 15 to 60<br />
times bulkier by volume.<br />
The Carbon-Free Energy World<br />
Of the Future<br />
I envision a combination of onsite<br />
and remote energy-generating<br />
facilities of appropriate sizes to be<br />
designed for the residential, commercial,<br />
industrial, and transportation<br />
energy sectors, with the emphasis<br />
on on-site facilities. A typical<br />
on-site, carbon-free energy system<br />
would consist of:<br />
• A solar array (PV or thermal).<br />
• An electricity converter system<br />
capable of supplying both DC and<br />
AC electricity.<br />
• A water electrolysis system.<br />
• A unit for extracting nitrogen<br />
from air.<br />
• A Haber-type ammonia generator<br />
making anhydrous ammonia<br />
from hydrogen and nitrogen.<br />
• An anhydrous ammonia storage<br />
tank.<br />
• An on-demand ammonia dissociator.<br />
• Various pumps and compressors.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 31
The Aswan Dam in Egypt (pictured above) and other hydroelectric dams would be great sites<br />
for future solar-energy plants, according to Schoder. The solar plants could store their extra<br />
electricity in the dams’ reservoirs and harness it during nighttime hours.<br />
U.S. Energy Consumption, Current and Potential<br />
A wind turbine would be a desirable<br />
addition in areas of strong wind<br />
power. All of these system components<br />
are currently manufactured,<br />
but research and development<br />
would be required to provide a better<br />
variety of sizes and capacities for<br />
the various energy sectors.<br />
Let us design an energy system using<br />
the United States as an example,<br />
though the principles will be applicable<br />
to the whole world. We will<br />
look at the areas of housing, commerce,<br />
manufacturing, and transportation.<br />
The numbers are rounded calculations<br />
based upon U.S. Energy<br />
Information Agency (EIA) data for<br />
2004 through 2007. Estimates can be<br />
made into the future using population<br />
extrapolations.<br />
The U.S. Energy Consumption table<br />
shows average annual consump-<br />
© DRAGONEYE / DREAMSTIME.COM<br />
(Average annual consumption, in Terawatt-hours)<br />
Fossil-Fuel Renewable Energy Total Consumption<br />
Energy Sector 2004-2007 2050 2004-2007 2050 2004-2007 2050<br />
Residential 1,814 36 146 1,924 6,247 2,046<br />
Commercial 1,122 22 35 1,135 5,242 1,239<br />
Industry 5,804 116 571 6,259 9,714 6,439<br />
Transportation 8,218 164 127 8,059 8,370 8,224<br />
U.S. Total 16,959 339 879 17,376 29,473 17,948<br />
In a scenario assuming that 98% of energy is supplied by renewables, the United<br />
States could see 98% reductions of electricity retail sales and electrical system energy<br />
losses, and an overall savings of 39% in total average energy consumption by 2050.<br />
Source for 2004-2007 figures: U.S. Energy Information Agency Annual Energy Review,<br />
2008. Author’s projections for 2050.<br />
32 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong><br />
tion for the four energy sectors and a<br />
what-if scenario involving the essential<br />
removal of all fossil fuels for energy<br />
generation. The numbers for<br />
2050 show a future transition from<br />
fossil-fuel energy generating plants<br />
to mostly renewable-energy generating<br />
facilities, including the use of anhydrous<br />
ammonia with on-demand<br />
dissociators for space heating at<br />
night and when solar energy is limited.<br />
This would be supplemented as<br />
needed with some remote renewable<br />
energy generating facilities in areas<br />
of high wind or solar insolation.<br />
This change would have tremendous<br />
benefits in energy conservation,<br />
CO 2<br />
emission reductions, safety,<br />
and improved security. The numbers<br />
show a 39% decrease in U.S. energy<br />
consumption from more than 29,400<br />
terawatt-hours per year to less than<br />
© CHERYL CASEY / DREAMSTIME.COM<br />
Work crews gather on a Florida<br />
beach in the wake of the June 2010<br />
Gulf Coast oil spill. Schoder points<br />
out that even though fossil-fuel<br />
electricity may now cost less per<br />
kilowatt than many renewable alternatives,<br />
it carries many hidden costs,<br />
such as unexpected environmental<br />
disasters.<br />
18,000 terawatt-hours per year.<br />
There would also be a reduction in<br />
CO 2<br />
emissions of about 98% from<br />
current energy generation using<br />
mostly fossil fuels. In all, it would be<br />
a huge step to a brighter, cleaner,<br />
and safer world of the future.<br />
It will be imperative to maintain<br />
an adequately up-to-date electricity<br />
grid. The grid will have a significantly<br />
diminished load, but it will<br />
still have to provide flexibility, load<br />
leveling, and backup for inevitable<br />
equipment and system failures, as<br />
well as the variability of local climate<br />
changes that affect solar energy<br />
generation. In addition, there will be<br />
some demand for large, remotely located<br />
solar-energy generating plants<br />
in areas with above-average solar insolation,<br />
such as the southwestern<br />
United States, to add energy to the<br />
grid as backup power.<br />
Consumption by Energy Sector<br />
• Residential consumption. U.S.<br />
households consume about 6,247 terawatt-hours<br />
of energy per year (not<br />
including energy used for transportation).<br />
But that total would transition<br />
to about 2,046 terawatt-hours<br />
per year in the homes of the future<br />
using on-site generation. The future<br />
household would have an on-site energy<br />
system to provide on-demand
A Diagram of the Carbon-Free Energy System of the Future<br />
Power Grid<br />
Sunlight<br />
Wind<br />
Homes, residences, farms, commercial, and industrial<br />
facilities<br />
Variable size on-site energy facilities<br />
Transportation refueling stations<br />
On-site energy facilities<br />
Remote solar energy farms in areas of exceptionally<br />
high solar insolation<br />
Large scale, on-site renewable energy facilities<br />
Remote wind energy farms in areas of exceptional<br />
wind intensity<br />
Wind turbines with AC generators to supply electricity<br />
to the power grid<br />
Fossil fuel refineries; nonfuel uses only<br />
On-site energy facilities to supply petrochemical raw<br />
materials to manufacturers of chemicals, pharmaceuticals,<br />
plastics and asphalt<br />
Existing nuclear energy plants<br />
cilities. The U.S. industrial sector<br />
could shift to running on only twothirds<br />
of its present level of electricity<br />
consumption by 2050. Industrial<br />
facilities would also have on-site energy<br />
generating facilities similar to<br />
those described above but with an<br />
even greater variation of sizes and<br />
components. Existing industrial<br />
plants with limited open land may<br />
need to supplement their on-site<br />
generation with grid-supplied electricity<br />
from solar facilities in the<br />
southwestern United States (another<br />
reason to maintain the electric grid).<br />
• Transportation. Present-day<br />
“gas stations” would be replaced by<br />
transportation refueling stations that<br />
charge batteries and dispense anhydrous<br />
ammonia. Almost all transportation<br />
fuel would be generated onsite<br />
using photovoltaic and wind/<br />
solar energy facilities. This would<br />
practically eliminate the transport of<br />
fuel by trucks on the highway system,<br />
which would reduce transportation<br />
consumption by about 146<br />
terawatt-hours per year and signifielectricity<br />
and dissociated ammonia<br />
(75% hydrogen) for a 24-hour-perday<br />
energy supply. The house would<br />
have electric heat and/or a furnace,<br />
which would be fueled with dissociated<br />
ammonia. It would also have a<br />
dispensing station to provide electricity<br />
and ammonia to the family’s<br />
fuel-cell cars fueled by dissociated<br />
ammonia. A farmhouse would have<br />
a larger anhydrous ammonia synthesizer<br />
and storage tank for fertilizing<br />
crops.<br />
• Commercial buildings and facilities.<br />
Commercial buildings and facilities<br />
would reduce consumption to<br />
about one-fifth of current rates.<br />
Future commercial buildings would<br />
have systems similar to residential,<br />
but with a broader range of capacities.<br />
The facility would have electric<br />
heat and/or a furnace, which would<br />
be fueled with dissociated ammonia<br />
and a dispensing station to dispense<br />
electricity or ammonia to the business’s<br />
fuel-cell cars fueled by dissociated<br />
ammonia.<br />
• Industry and manufacturing fa-<br />
Oxygen to air<br />
Nitrogen from air<br />
Water<br />
Oxygen to air<br />
Nitrogen from air<br />
Water<br />
Fossil Fuels<br />
Waste heat and<br />
spent fuel rods<br />
Enriched uranium<br />
cantly reduce the danger of collisions<br />
and spills on the highway system.<br />
An example of the transportation<br />
vehicle of the future is the Apollo<br />
Energy Systems electric car designs,<br />
such as the Silver Volt II, which has a<br />
patented propulsion system supplied<br />
by an anhydrous ammonia fuel<br />
tank. Research and development is<br />
needed to design similar propulsion<br />
systems for trucks, buses, trains, and<br />
airplanes.<br />
Lowering the Costs of Energy<br />
Solar energy has been wrongly<br />
conceived to be very expensive compared<br />
with fossil fuels. This is probably<br />
due to the idiosyncrasies of internalizing<br />
and externalizing various<br />
costs of energy. As the recent Deepwater<br />
Horizon’s oil platform explosion<br />
and resulting leak has shown,<br />
such costs have not been planned for<br />
and will now have to be added to<br />
the future cost of the supply of fossil<br />
fuels. The area of the costs of fossil<br />
fuels is indeed a messy, murky,<br />
smelly oligarchic sea.<br />
With the gradual buildup of a<br />
photovoltaic infrastructure, electricity<br />
and dissociated ammonia (75%<br />
hydrogen) will become the primary<br />
energy source for stationary needs<br />
and for transportation and other mobile<br />
needs. However, petroleum and<br />
other fossil-fuel resources will continue<br />
to be valuable and necessary<br />
commodities, since fossil resources<br />
have other uses than the production<br />
of energy. One-eighth of U.S. oil is<br />
not burned as fuel, but is instead<br />
used to make other materials, such<br />
as asphalt for roads and buildings,<br />
as well as fertilizers, plastics, pharmaceuticals,<br />
and other chemical<br />
products.<br />
There will be no serious abandonment<br />
or obsolescence of petroleum<br />
facilities. Older facilities will gradually<br />
be phased out and not replaced.<br />
New high-efficiency refineries can be<br />
built to supply feedstock for the nonenergy<br />
products of fossil resources.<br />
High-efficiency vehicles, machinery<br />
and systems, as well as conservation,<br />
will be needed to move toward energy<br />
sustainability.<br />
Over several decades, the world<br />
will go from a primarily carbonbased<br />
energy system to a primarily<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 33
“solar-ammonia-hydrogen” energy<br />
system. Carbon-dioxide emissions<br />
will be greatly reduced, and global<br />
warming may cease to be a problem.<br />
The environment will be cleaner,<br />
safer, and more secure. Underwater<br />
oil wells will no longer be needed.<br />
Oil spills will be a thing of the past.<br />
In addition, the new solar technologies<br />
will be a source of significant<br />
new jobs.<br />
Creating the desired solar-ammonia-hydrogen<br />
infrastructure will require<br />
the strong cooperative support<br />
of governments throughout the<br />
world. Governments must rethink<br />
their energy policies by reducing or<br />
eliminating the hundreds of billions<br />
of dollars in annual subsidies for fossil<br />
fuels and incorporating all costs—<br />
including extraction damages; CO 2<br />
buildup; resource depletion; air, soil,<br />
and water pollution; acid rain; and<br />
biodiversity losses—into the price of<br />
fossil fuels. Security costs should<br />
also be included in the price of fossil-fuel<br />
energy and nuclear energy.<br />
The model for this approach exists<br />
today in many European nations<br />
whose governments are already using<br />
taxes and incentives to fund new<br />
renewable energy infrastructures. As<br />
Jeff Immelt, the CEO of General<br />
Electric, has said, “Europe today is<br />
the major force for environmental innovation.<br />
European governments<br />
have encouraged their companies to<br />
invest in and produce clean power<br />
technologies.”<br />
One way of covering the infrastructure<br />
building costs would be a<br />
worldwide “carbon tax” or “resource<br />
extraction tax” on all carbon-containing<br />
fuels, like petroleum, natural<br />
gas, and coal. It would essentially be<br />
a fee charged for resource depletion.<br />
Implementing this tax would motivate<br />
consumers to burn up less gasoline<br />
and force businesses to innovate<br />
in green technologies. This is a classic<br />
case where an old quote of former<br />
Senator Jack Kemp is applicable:<br />
“Tax that which you want to discourage<br />
and subsidize that which you<br />
want to encourage.”<br />
A tax of 5% might be a fair starting<br />
point. The proceeds would be used<br />
to build plants that manufacture<br />
photovoltaic-grade silicon and silicon<br />
photovoltaic panels. Soon after<br />
start-up, these plants would be con-<br />
verted to run on photovoltaic electricity<br />
generated by panel arrays<br />
manufactured on-site.<br />
Where possible, these plants<br />
should be located near sites of abundant<br />
sand and water. Sites near hydroelectric<br />
dams are ideal because<br />
the plants could harness the dams<br />
for potential energy storage by using<br />
excess photovoltaic electricity to<br />
pump water uphill into the reservoirs<br />
as a source of potential energy<br />
for nighttime use. Four ideal locations<br />
would be near Hoover Dam<br />
outside of Las Vegas, Nevada; near<br />
Grand Coulee Dam in Washington<br />
state; near the Aswan Dam in Egypt;<br />
and near the Three Gorges Dam in<br />
China.<br />
Around 90% of the photovoltaic<br />
panels produced by the plants<br />
would be sold for residential and<br />
commercial rooftop photovoltaic<br />
electricity generating units. Low-interest<br />
loans must be made available<br />
to buyers, initially, to subsidize the<br />
capital costs until manufacturing<br />
supply and panel efficiency are optimized.<br />
The remaining 10% of the<br />
photovoltaic panels produced by the<br />
plants would be installed at the site<br />
to supply electricity to the local electrical<br />
grid for grid-supplied electricity.<br />
This approach would continue<br />
until the world’s current electricity<br />
demands are met from renewable<br />
energy sources.<br />
The carbon tax funds would also<br />
be used to build photovoltaic solar<br />
panels to supply electricity to “filling<br />
stations” for recharging electric vehicles<br />
and making hydrogen by electrolysis<br />
and anhydrous ammonia to<br />
supply fuel-cell vehicles. The arrays<br />
of panels would be built over the<br />
highway roadbeds so as not to use<br />
additional land area. I believe that it<br />
would even be possible to build airplanes<br />
that would fly using dissociated<br />
ammonia or liquid hydrogen as<br />
a fuel.<br />
The world will then have converted<br />
to a primarily solar-ammoniahydrogen<br />
energy world, free of its<br />
dependence on fossil fuels. Any remaining<br />
coal, petroleum, or natural<br />
gas reserves left at this time would<br />
be put into restricted feedstock reserves<br />
for pharmaceuticals, plastics,<br />
and petrochemicals. The result<br />
would be a sustainable, carbon-free<br />
world energy supply for centuries to<br />
come.<br />
Rethinking the “Good Life”<br />
Our sun will not last forever. However,<br />
if we convert to a carbon-free<br />
energy system, we should be able to<br />
extend our comfortable life on Earth<br />
for several billions of years. How we<br />
do this is up to us. We can continue<br />
to eat our free lunch of fossil fuels<br />
until their depletion, or we can start<br />
now to convert to a carbon-free energy<br />
system in a well thought-out<br />
manner over the next 40 or 50 years.<br />
We, the global community, have to<br />
make a choice between cheap, dirty,<br />
harmful fossil fuels or slightly more<br />
expensive clean energy, which is<br />
available but for which we lack the<br />
appropriate infrastructure. The cost<br />
of a world with vastly less climate<br />
change, terrorism, and environmental<br />
damage is to readjust our priorities<br />
and pay more for energy and<br />
less for war and for damage from climate,<br />
environment, and weather<br />
problems.<br />
A significant contribution to our<br />
current world energy situation is the<br />
consumption creed that has been<br />
pushed upon us by the marketing geniuses<br />
of the global corporations. The<br />
public has been enticed by those corporations<br />
to buy more and save less.<br />
I believe that, if we continue this<br />
consumption cult, we will be bringing<br />
on serious problems, such as climate<br />
change and religious wars, and<br />
much unnecessary suffering. On the<br />
other hand, if we insist on a resource<br />
depletion fee or carbon tax instead of<br />
begging for cheap oil, these problems<br />
can be avoided. A long-range<br />
solution in the form of carbon-free<br />
energy is feasible and doable if we<br />
plan now, spend for the future instead<br />
of the present, and conserve<br />
more while spending less. ❏<br />
About the Author<br />
Carl E. Schoder is a retired<br />
chemical engineer and lifelong<br />
Sierra Club member.<br />
He previously served electronics<br />
firm Varian Inc. in<br />
multiple capacities: process<br />
engineer, laboratory manager,<br />
plant process engineer, and corporate<br />
manager for environmental compliance.<br />
E‐mail cschoderrvm@charter.net.<br />
34 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
By Arnold Brown<br />
Relationships, Community, and<br />
Identity in the New Virtual Society<br />
As we spend more of our social lives online, the definitions of<br />
relationships and families are shifting. A business futurist offers<br />
an overview of these trends and what they imply for organizations<br />
in the coming years.<br />
The future of business conferences? A<br />
virtual boardroom meeting in <strong>Second</strong><br />
Life. Professional associations will<br />
hold more and more events and meetings<br />
in virtual spaces as well.<br />
ILLUSTRATIONS: LINDEN LAB<br />
In India, where for centuries marriages<br />
have been arranged by families,<br />
online dating services such as<br />
BharatMatrimony.com are profoundly<br />
changing embedded traditions.<br />
MyGamma, a Singapore-based mobile<br />
phone social networking site, has<br />
millions of users throughout Asia and<br />
Africa, giving social networking capability<br />
to people across continents—no<br />
personal computer necessary.<br />
In China, individuals have been participating<br />
in wang hun (online role-play<br />
marriages). These gaming sites are<br />
causing actual married couples to get<br />
divorced on the grounds that this constitutes<br />
adultery—even though no faceto-face<br />
meetings ever took place.<br />
And Web sites such as GeneTree<br />
.com and Ancestry.com, which offer inexpensive<br />
cheek-swab DNA tests, link<br />
up people throughout the world who<br />
have similar DNA, thus combining genealogy,<br />
medical technology, and social<br />
networking.<br />
Clearly the Internet has radically reshaped<br />
our social lives over the span of<br />
just a couple of decades, luring us into<br />
a virtual metaworld where traditional<br />
interactions—living, loving, belonging,<br />
and separating, as well as finding customers<br />
and keeping them—require new<br />
protocols.<br />
Two avatars share a moment<br />
together in the virtual world<br />
<strong>Second</strong> Life. Could this represent<br />
the future dating experience<br />
(at least the positive side<br />
of it) as our social lives move<br />
increasingly online?<br />
Relationships Take on a<br />
Digital Dimension<br />
The future of falling in love may be<br />
online. Dating sites, once considered a<br />
gimmicky way to meet and connect<br />
with new people, have grown immensely<br />
in popularity, thanks in part to<br />
the convergence of information technologies<br />
and digital entertainment. Facili-<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 35
tating and managing relationships<br />
online is projected to become close to<br />
a billion-dollar industry in the<br />
United States in 2011.<br />
In the new Virtual Society, we will<br />
see an increasing transition from basic<br />
matchmaking sites to sites that<br />
enable people to actually go out on<br />
online “dates” without ever leaving<br />
their desks. While face-to-face dating<br />
will never entirely disappear, the<br />
process—and even relationships<br />
themselves—will happen more and<br />
more in virtual space.<br />
Especially for young people, relationships<br />
made in virtual space can<br />
be just as powerful and meaningful<br />
as those formed in the real world.<br />
Additionally, as more people gain<br />
access to broadband technologies, an<br />
increasing number are seeking social<br />
connectivity this way. There are already<br />
at least 500 million mobile<br />
broadband users globally. The speed<br />
and flexibility with which people<br />
communicate and socialize online<br />
will likely only continue to increase.<br />
Technology doesn’t just bring<br />
people together, though. As Douglas<br />
Rushkoff points out in Program or Be<br />
Programmed (OR Books, 2010), cyberspace<br />
creates a temporal and spatial<br />
separation from which it becomes<br />
seemingly easier to accomplish unpleasant<br />
interpersonal tasks. Hence,<br />
the techno brush-off: breaking up with<br />
a significant other via e-mail or text<br />
message.<br />
This will increasingly be a dominant<br />
fixture of the global youth culture.<br />
Young people everywhere link<br />
up through IM, Twitter, blogs, smartphones,<br />
and social networking sites<br />
that are proliferating at an accelerating<br />
rate. This is a critical point for<br />
businesses to understand. The<br />
emerging generation is part of what<br />
is, in essence, a vast new crossborder<br />
empire. It is marked by an instant<br />
awareness of what’s new,<br />
what’s hot, what’s desirable—and<br />
what’s not. This is the group that<br />
pollster John Zogby, in his book The<br />
Way We’ll Be (Random House, 2008),<br />
calls the First Globals. His research<br />
shows that their expectations of<br />
products and services will be vastly<br />
different and that they will force<br />
businesses to redefine their offerings.<br />
Young people will not, as their elders<br />
did, simply adapt to the tech-<br />
substantive feel to online relationships.<br />
The more real and satisfying<br />
these relationships can be made to<br />
seem, the more they will attract and<br />
hold people, and the more money<br />
they will generate.<br />
Commercialized virtual venues<br />
such as upscale bars and coffeehouses<br />
could even be looked to as<br />
testing grounds to develop the social<br />
skills necessary to form meaningful<br />
human relationships. Businesses<br />
could use game applications like<br />
Mall World or Café World on Facebook<br />
as platforms to advertise various<br />
specials that occur in virtual<br />
space, ranging from coupons for<br />
those aforementioned simulations of<br />
bars and coffeehouses to discounts<br />
for two to “live” streaming concert<br />
events. Advertising boards could<br />
promote online activities and events<br />
such as speed dating in a virtual<br />
nightclub setting. All this will dramatically<br />
change the nature of relationships.<br />
As social researchers have pointed<br />
out, the Internet is programming us<br />
as well, starting at an early age. For<br />
example, there are combination social<br />
networking and gaming sites for<br />
children such as Disney’s Club Penguin.<br />
Children are developing social<br />
skills within these virtual worlds.<br />
What this will mean in terms of how<br />
they will start, maintain, and end<br />
“real” friendships and relationships<br />
in the future is anyone’s guess.<br />
But the Internet can also strengthen<br />
family ties because it provides a continuously<br />
connected presence. In<br />
Norway, for example, one study<br />
showed that college students were in<br />
touch with their parents on average<br />
10 times a week. Young people use<br />
mobile devices to Skype, text, upload<br />
photos and videos to Facebook,<br />
and more, with increasing frequency.<br />
Cyberspace enables families and<br />
friends to converse, in effect, as if<br />
they were in the same room. This is<br />
part of the reason that the Millennial<br />
generation reported feeling closer to<br />
their parents than did their older siblings<br />
during adolescence, according<br />
to the Pew Internet and American<br />
Life Survey.<br />
So what does all this tell us? For<br />
one thing, the temporal and spatial<br />
“here-and-now” limitations that formerly<br />
characterized social interacnology.<br />
The new youth cyberculture<br />
will continue to find ways to adapt<br />
the technology to their needs and<br />
desires. For example, Ning, created<br />
in 2005 by Netscape co-founder<br />
Marc Andreessen, enables people to<br />
create their own individual social<br />
network—not join a preexisting<br />
world but actually build their own.<br />
A Web site called paper.li creates a<br />
personalized newspaper for you everyday<br />
based on whom you follow<br />
on Twitter and whether or not they<br />
said anything particularly important<br />
in the last 24 hours (as measured by<br />
retweets). Your friend’s brilliant blog<br />
post about last night’s St. Patrick’s<br />
Day party could appear directly next<br />
to Tim O’Reilly or Bruce Sterling’s<br />
most recent missive on China’s Internet<br />
policy. It’s hard to imagine a local<br />
newspaper providing that sort of<br />
personalized content.<br />
But online relationships are not exclusively<br />
reserved for young people.<br />
As the elderly become more comfortable<br />
with the Internet, they will increasingly<br />
turn to alternative spaces,<br />
such as virtual worlds, to find company<br />
or meet people with similar interests.<br />
By 2008, more than 20 million<br />
social networkers in the United<br />
States were over the age of 50, according<br />
to a study by Deloitte. There<br />
have been a slew of media reports<br />
playing up the fact that many seniors<br />
are joining Facebook and Twitter,<br />
as well as becoming an increasingly<br />
significant part of the growing<br />
commercial activity in virtual<br />
worlds.<br />
Commercializing Communities<br />
More and more people regard the<br />
virtual world as a place where they<br />
can establish and maintain safer, less<br />
demanding relationships on their<br />
own time. Ease, flexibility, and relative<br />
anonymity will continue to be<br />
three key components of dating online.<br />
Monetization will happen<br />
quickly, as virtual restaurants, movie<br />
theaters, concerts, and even wedding<br />
chapels are established.<br />
In addition to using virtual worlds<br />
as test markets for real-life products<br />
and services, as is done now, businesses<br />
will offer a much wider variety<br />
of virtual products and services.<br />
Having these options would give a<br />
36 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
owling leagues. The big mistake<br />
that the fearful always make is to<br />
equate change with destruction. The<br />
social turmoil of the 1970s was heralded<br />
by such observers as “the destruction<br />
of the family.” But the family<br />
did not die; it just changed—and<br />
it is still changing.<br />
Similarly, social capital is not going<br />
away; it is too intrinsic to human<br />
nature, although aspects of it may<br />
well be changing, and it is important<br />
that you view these changes objectively<br />
if you want to understand<br />
what they are and what they mean<br />
to you.<br />
Social ties are being created,<br />
strengthened, and—yes—weakened<br />
in an almost unbelievable variety of<br />
ways. This has to entail, as well, the<br />
remaking and establishing of both a<br />
deeper and a shallower social capital.<br />
Someone with more than 3,000<br />
Facebook friends probably has more<br />
than 2,000 shallow friendships, but<br />
there’s a tremendous amount of variety<br />
in that number; some of these<br />
friendships are viable clients, others<br />
may be service providers, others<br />
may be long-term friend prospects,<br />
or secret crushes, or members of a<br />
social circle to which the person with<br />
3,000 friendships wants access; some<br />
of them will be annoying people encountered<br />
only once at a party, betions<br />
such as dating and family gettogethers<br />
have broken down. The<br />
composition of, and behavior in, relationships<br />
and households in the<br />
future will therefore change seriously.<br />
These trends are powerfully<br />
affecting how companies and organizations<br />
will design, sell, and market<br />
a wide range of products and services<br />
to consumers, with a growing<br />
emphasis on individualization and<br />
personalization. For instance, if relationships<br />
and families are more virtual,<br />
we should see an increase in the<br />
construction of new kinds of singleperson<br />
housing units or dual sleeping<br />
quarters.<br />
Family formation will need to be<br />
flexible and adaptive. The nuclear<br />
family was a response to the Industrial<br />
Age, in large measure replacing<br />
the extended family that characterized<br />
the Agricultural Era. It spurred<br />
vast economic shifts and led to new<br />
multibillion-dollar industries, from<br />
autos to washing machines to personal<br />
telephones. We are already seeing<br />
indications that the family is<br />
morphing into other forms as the<br />
Virtual Age approaches. Employers<br />
and governments will see their social,<br />
human resources, financial services,<br />
and benefits programs challenged,<br />
as the new economy takes<br />
great advantage of these multiple,<br />
newly unfolding personal relationships.<br />
For instance, should a “virtual<br />
spouse” be able to claim the Social<br />
Security benefits of a partner? The<br />
easy answer is, of course not. But<br />
what if it’s the virtual spouse who is<br />
charged with monitoring the health<br />
of an aged parent remotely? What if<br />
he or she does the household billpaying,<br />
or even contributes half of<br />
the household income? In other<br />
words, what if the virtual spouse<br />
performs many if not all of the tasks<br />
associated with a traditional spouse?<br />
And should the same polygamy<br />
laws applied to regular marriages<br />
also apply to virtual marriages?<br />
Should such marriages be subject to<br />
the same taxation laws?<br />
With the advent of an electronic<br />
era, many social scientists and other<br />
“experts” decried what they saw as a<br />
loss of social capital—the so-called<br />
“Bowling Alone” theory—because<br />
people were supposedly decreasing<br />
their participation in such things as<br />
The Reality of Virtual Feelings<br />
Advances in brain research and multisensory perception could play<br />
an important role in the development of virtual relationships. Neural<br />
devices already allow people to control electronic equipment such as<br />
wheelchairs, televisions, and video games via brain–computer interfaces.<br />
One day soon, avatars may also be controllable this way.<br />
Virtual reality may become so advanced that it could trick the brain<br />
into thinking the invented images it is responding to are real—and<br />
human emotions would follow accordingly. Avatars will cause people<br />
to feel love, hate, jealousy, etc. And as haptic technologies improve,<br />
our abilities to respond physically to our virtual partners will also improve:<br />
Sexual pleasure may be routinely available without any interhuman<br />
stimulation at all.<br />
If it becomes possible to connect virtual reality programs directly<br />
to the brain, thoughts and emotions may also be digitized, rendered<br />
binary and reduced to 0s and 1s. Feelings of satisfaction and pleasure<br />
(two key components in any relationship) could be created between<br />
avatars without any “real” stimulus at all. But would they be real<br />
or mimetic?<br />
Once humans begin to perceive virtual social interactions as actually<br />
having occurred, it will greatly impact individuals, relationships,<br />
communities, and society as a whole.<br />
—Arnold Brown<br />
grudgingly given the status of<br />
“friend” to avoid seeming rude. All<br />
of these friendships have their own<br />
unique value. But Facebook sees<br />
little difference among them outside<br />
of how they are designated in privacy<br />
settings (some people can see<br />
more private posts than others). Outside<br />
institutions don’t recognize any<br />
distinction among these virtual<br />
friendships, if they recognize such<br />
friendships at all.<br />
Sociologist Richard Ling has labeled<br />
the new communication phenomenon<br />
micro-coordination—as<br />
people are constantly planning, coordinating,<br />
and changing plans because<br />
their cyberconnections are always<br />
on. University of Southern<br />
California sociologist Manuel<br />
Castells says that adolescents today<br />
build and rebuild social networks<br />
via constant messaging. This is<br />
helped by the fact that they have<br />
what he calls “a safe autonomous<br />
pattern,” in that their parents are<br />
only a speed dial away.<br />
Sociologists describe two kinds of<br />
social ties: strong ties of family members<br />
and those with shared values,<br />
beliefs, and identities; and weak ties<br />
to acquaintances and other people<br />
with shallower connections. Accord-<br />
continued on page 40<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 37
By William Sims Bainbridge<br />
Avatars and Virt<br />
Deceased people always left<br />
active legacies in the memories<br />
of the survivors who<br />
knew them, and in the consequences<br />
of the deeds they performed<br />
in life. Now, a very great variety<br />
of avatars and agents in virtual<br />
worlds is extending the scope of action<br />
for a growing number of living<br />
people, potentially continuing their<br />
active existence after death and fulfilling<br />
the fantasies of religion<br />
through information technology.<br />
A hint of the human future can be<br />
found on Aldor Rise in Outland’s<br />
Shattrath City in the massively<br />
multi player online role-playing<br />
game World of Warcraft. There stands<br />
Caylee Dak, an Elf huntress, with<br />
her nightsaber panther, Dusky. Her<br />
function is to bless any member of<br />
the Alliance who brings her a poem<br />
beginning, “Do not stand at my<br />
grave and weep, I am not there, I do<br />
not sleep. I am in a thousand winds<br />
that blow, across Northrend’s bright<br />
and shining snow.” As an avatar,<br />
Caylee Dak is an active memorial for<br />
a player named Dak Krause, who<br />
died of leukemia in 2007, dressed exactly<br />
as she was when she served as<br />
his avatar in this virtual world, now<br />
providing a hint of immortality for<br />
his departed soul.<br />
Avatars need not reflect the person<br />
precisely, and indeed World of Warcraft<br />
calls them characters rather<br />
than avatars, suggesting that they<br />
have some independent nature.<br />
Thus, before we even begin to catalog<br />
the full range of avatars and<br />
agents that already exist, we should<br />
realize that they are expressions of<br />
the self, and the self may be expressed<br />
in many ways. I had 22<br />
World of Warcraft characters, and invested<br />
more than 700 hours of my<br />
own existence in each of two of<br />
them, Maxrohn and Catullus.<br />
Maxrohn, a human priest, was<br />
named after my uncle, Max Rohn,<br />
who was an Episcopal priest and<br />
something of an adventurer; he once<br />
taught me a judo move that could<br />
break a man’s arm. Thus, Maxrohn<br />
was a mixture of me and my uncle,<br />
and we all are partly reflections of<br />
the family members who have<br />
shaped our own characters. Catullus<br />
was based on the ancient Roman<br />
poet of that name, and I have published<br />
an essay bylined “Catullus,”<br />
in the form of a letter from him to a<br />
supernatural being, namely me,<br />
about his own sense of being real.<br />
Some recent gamelike virtual<br />
worlds, notably Star Trek Online and<br />
Dungeons and Dragons Online, allow<br />
one to have four or five secondary<br />
avatars operating at once, and to set<br />
their degree of autonomy. In a very<br />
real sense, these secondaries are programmable<br />
by the user, because one<br />
may set ahead of time which actions<br />
each one can perform, and then in<br />
real time give them commands or<br />
leave them to operate autonomously.<br />
Their degree of artificial intelligence<br />
is low, but not entirely negligible, because,<br />
for example, they learn which<br />
enemies are doing the most damage<br />
to them and respond accordingly.<br />
When an artificial person has some<br />
degree of autonomy from control by<br />
its owner, we call it an agent.<br />
Already, many people have information<br />
technology agents, but these<br />
agents are so simple we do not ordinarily<br />
think of them as such. Your<br />
answering machine acts in your<br />
stead when it says, “Sorry I’m not<br />
home now, please leave a message.”<br />
Many companies use speech-recognition<br />
technology in more-sophisticated<br />
systems that can ask and answer<br />
questions, and it is just a matter<br />
38 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
WILLIAM SIMS BAINBRIDGE<br />
Already, many people have<br />
information technology<br />
agents, but these agents are<br />
so simple we do not ordinarily<br />
think of them as such.<br />
Sagittarius Sylvanus is author William<br />
Sims Bainbridge’s Dungeons and Dragons<br />
Online avatar.<br />
ual Immortality<br />
of time before you will be able to do<br />
this with your home machine. Some<br />
investors use trading agents, programs<br />
that execute automatic stoploss<br />
actions in the stock market or<br />
follow more complex investment<br />
strategies without moment-tomoment<br />
supervision. If you ever<br />
rented a movie from Netflix and rated<br />
it afterward, or bought a book from<br />
Amazon.com, something like an<br />
agent representing you now exists<br />
inside the company’s recommender<br />
system. These online businesses use<br />
data like movie-preference ratings<br />
and book purchases to advertise<br />
your favorites to other customers,<br />
aggregating your data with data<br />
from many others. This allows your<br />
personal preferences to operate<br />
somewhat autonomously, akin to an<br />
agent who votes for which movies or<br />
books should be promoted to customers<br />
like you.<br />
The picture accompanying this<br />
article shows Sagittarius Sylvanus,<br />
my primary Dungeons and Dragons<br />
Online avatar, being magically protected<br />
by Fayden Maeleth, an Elf<br />
healer. Although the same species<br />
as Caylee, she lives in a different<br />
world, has different abilities, and is<br />
a secondary avatar rather than a<br />
primary actor. Across all 15 virtual<br />
worlds I have inhabited, I have had<br />
50 primary avatars and an equal<br />
number of secondaries, yet one<br />
thing is missing: persistence. Two of<br />
my favorite gameworlds have been<br />
shut down: The Matrix Online and<br />
Tabula Rasa. To become permanent,<br />
virtual worlds must become important.<br />
One way they might do this is<br />
to give the avatars enough autonomy<br />
that they can continue to function,<br />
even when their owners are<br />
offline, doing useful work that<br />
would justify the low cost of maintaining<br />
their subscriptions. Our avatars<br />
and agents will not only help<br />
us and expand our scope, but in the<br />
very near future they will also cooperate<br />
with each other, forming mutually<br />
supportive virtual teams.<br />
Over the hundreds of hours when<br />
Dak Krause operated Caylee, his<br />
World of Warcraft avatar, he made a<br />
vast number of decisions that expressed<br />
his own individual nature.<br />
All of his actions were temporarily<br />
stored in the gameworld’s computer<br />
server and could have been<br />
used as the raw material for an artificial<br />
intelligence program to learn<br />
how to play the game the way he<br />
did—quite achievable with today’s<br />
technology. If that had been done,<br />
Caylee could be playing a far more<br />
complex role—perhaps as a guard<br />
in Auberdine, the Elf seaside<br />
town—responding in the same<br />
ways that Krause would have to enemy<br />
attacks or requests for help<br />
from new players.<br />
As people gain more and more avatars,<br />
agents, and other technologybased<br />
expressions of themselves, the<br />
scope for action during their lives increases,<br />
and the possibility of life after<br />
death becomes progressively<br />
more real. Buckminster Fuller said,<br />
“I seem to be a verb.”<br />
I say, “I am a plural verb, in future<br />
tense.”<br />
❑<br />
About the Author<br />
William Sims Bainbridge is a sociologist<br />
currently managing the review of grant proposals<br />
in human-centered computing, and<br />
author of many books, including God from<br />
the Machine: Artificial Intelligence Models<br />
of Religious Cognition (AltaMira, 2006),<br />
The Warcraft Civilization: Social Science in<br />
a Virtual World (MIT Press, 2010), and<br />
Multiplayer Online Games (Morgan and<br />
Claypool, 2010).<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 39
continued from page 37<br />
ing to some researchers, the Internet<br />
and, in particular, mobile devices are<br />
enabling the strong community ties<br />
to be reinforced, often at the expense<br />
of the weak ties. At a time when<br />
technology is being lauded for encouraging<br />
diversity and facilitating<br />
cross-cultural communication, there<br />
is, consequently, a strong and growing<br />
countertrend: digital tribalism.<br />
Aside from strengthening ties to<br />
family and close friends, people are<br />
using the technology to find others<br />
with whom they share important affinities,<br />
ranging from genomes to beliefs<br />
to lifestyle choices. This digital<br />
form of tribalism is an unexpectedly<br />
strong trend, as observed by social<br />
critics such as Christine Rosen.<br />
Information—including product<br />
and service information—spreads<br />
electronically with speed and power.<br />
Effectively getting a positive message<br />
on a tribal network could well<br />
be tomorrow’s best marketing strategy.<br />
Although the tribal identity can<br />
be deep and solid, brand connections<br />
may not necessarily be so.<br />
Maintaining the connection will require<br />
constant monitoring of the<br />
electronic tribal village and quickness<br />
to reposition or reinforce when<br />
required.<br />
Bridal showers, for instance, can<br />
be attended by distant guests<br />
through Skype, and e-registries allow<br />
gift givers to view what others<br />
have bought. There is much room<br />
for innovation here, in terms of<br />
bringing people together who would<br />
not otherwise be in the same place<br />
for business meetings, financial<br />
planning, meal sharing, celebrations,<br />
and more. Associations might capitalize<br />
on online events for far-flung<br />
and numerous businesses, professionals,<br />
and friends and families of<br />
members. Employers might do the<br />
same for their employees’ personal<br />
networks, perhaps offering discounts,<br />
education, job postings, and<br />
new products to all “friends of<br />
friends.”<br />
Expat workers and members of<br />
the armed forces might be more easily<br />
enabled to stay in touch with<br />
their families if their employers organized<br />
better around online communications<br />
and communities. This<br />
“All this could lead to growing confusion about<br />
identity. We will go from ‘Who am I?’ to ‘Who,<br />
when, and where am I?’”<br />
would ease the burden on relocated<br />
personnel, improve morale, attract<br />
more people, increase productivity,<br />
and spin the sale of products and<br />
service to these populations. This<br />
could also be true for alumni networks<br />
and other diaspora groups.<br />
The Identity Industry<br />
Social scientists make the distinction<br />
between a found identity and a<br />
made identity. The found identity is<br />
one created by your circumstances—<br />
who your parents were, your ethnic<br />
background, your religion, your sex,<br />
where you went to school, your profession,<br />
and all the other external<br />
factors that people use to categorize<br />
and describe you. The made identity,<br />
on the other hand, is the one you create<br />
for yourself. It is how you wish<br />
to see yourself and how you want<br />
others to see you.<br />
In the past, people who wanted to<br />
escape what they saw as the trap of<br />
their found identity did such things<br />
as change their name or appearance.<br />
They moved somewhere else. Now,<br />
and increasingly in the future, technology<br />
will let you make and remake<br />
your identity at will—virtually.<br />
This extraordinary, even<br />
revolutionary, development will profoundly<br />
affect fundamental societal<br />
values such as trust and reliability.<br />
In addition to engaging directly<br />
online with other individuals, you<br />
can also interact with them through<br />
avatars, the images that represent<br />
you (or an idealized version of yourself)<br />
in virtual worlds. Each virtual<br />
world requires a separate avatar, so<br />
in effect you can be as many different<br />
people as there are virtual<br />
worlds. In the future, you will be<br />
able to create avatars that will literally<br />
take on lives of their own. They<br />
will, once created, be able to “think”<br />
on their own, without further input<br />
from you. They may be able to perform<br />
intensive research tasks for<br />
you, start and even manage online<br />
companies, maintain your social relationships<br />
by reading your Facebook<br />
updates and blog posts and analyzing<br />
them for significant news so<br />
you don’t have to.<br />
Increasingly, over time, distinctions<br />
between real and virtual identity<br />
will become less sharply defined,<br />
particularly for people who<br />
spend substantial amounts of time in<br />
the virtual world—or some enhanced<br />
combination of the real and<br />
the virtual. A company called Total<br />
Immersion combines 3-D and augmented<br />
reality technology on the Internet,<br />
inserting people and physical<br />
objects into live video feeds. According<br />
to the company’s Web site, “this<br />
digital processing mixes real and virtual<br />
worlds together, in real time.”<br />
All this could lead to growing confusion<br />
about identity. We will go<br />
from “Who am I?” to “Who, when,<br />
and where am I?” What in the twentieth<br />
century was seen as a problem<br />
that needed treatment—multiple<br />
personalities—will increasingly be<br />
seen in the twenty-first century as a<br />
coping mechanism, greatly affecting<br />
the evolving economy, as multiple<br />
personas split their expenditures in<br />
multiple ways.<br />
Companies that provide such services<br />
will be a great growth industry<br />
as we move further into the “Who<br />
are you, really?” era.<br />
❑<br />
About the Author<br />
Arnold Brown is the chairman<br />
of Weiner, Edrich,<br />
Brown, Inc., and the coauthor<br />
(with Edie Weiner) of<br />
FutureThink: How to Think<br />
Clearly in a Time of Change<br />
(Pearson Prentice Hall, 2006).<br />
E-mail arnold@weineredrichbrown.com.<br />
Web site www.weineredrichbrown.com.<br />
40 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
By Barton Kunstler<br />
The Singularity’s<br />
Impact on Business<br />
Leaders: A Scenario<br />
How will technologically enhanced individuals<br />
collaborate with “normal” employees?<br />
Artist’s concept of an “enhanced” worker.<br />
It would be unwise for business leaders<br />
to assume that they will have complete<br />
control over technologically enhanced<br />
individuals when the Singularity occurs,<br />
warns author Kunstler.<br />
ERIC HOOD / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 41
The “Human Singularity” refers<br />
to the radical fusion of the human<br />
body with technology to<br />
achieve levels of mental acuity and<br />
physical ability that eclipse anything<br />
humans have previously known.<br />
This would represent a singular<br />
event in human history: For the first<br />
time, people would be driven by<br />
laws other than those governing organic<br />
life. A broad front of converging<br />
core technologies may make individuals<br />
with such abilities<br />
commonplace by 2030 — if not<br />
sooner. Indeed, steps are already being<br />
taken to achieve this goal.<br />
One critical social function that<br />
will be affected by the Singularity is<br />
leadership, a chief defining factor of<br />
a society’s values, relations, and objectives.<br />
Leaders will bear much of<br />
the burden of social evolution when<br />
the “Enhanced Singular Individuals”<br />
(ESIs) of the Singularity Era enter the<br />
boss’s boss, and three people you’ve<br />
never seen before. Your boss keeps it<br />
short and sweet: “We’re giving you<br />
three new analysts. We want daily<br />
reports on their performance — not<br />
just the usual, but how they think.”<br />
“Okay,” you say, “but....” One of<br />
the unidentifiables steps forward<br />
and fills you in. When she’s done,<br />
your jaw drops.<br />
“Three new analysts” sounds<br />
harmless enough — maybe even a<br />
good thing. But here are their profiles:<br />
Sandra is a six-foot-tall woman<br />
with perfect musculature and an IQ<br />
somewhere in the 400s. Her wealthy,<br />
well-connected parents had access to<br />
the latest biotechnology. They<br />
wanted the best for their daughter<br />
— or perhaps they coveted “the<br />
best daughter that money can<br />
buy” — and had her bioengineered<br />
to their exact specifications. She is a<br />
genius in math and technical skills<br />
and an extreme sports enthusiast.<br />
Like a grandmaster in a high-school<br />
chess club, Sandra is amused by the<br />
intellectual problems that Norms<br />
grapple with. She intends to eventually<br />
become an influential player in<br />
international affairs.<br />
Whenever Kevin tackles a tough<br />
problem, nanobots in his bloodstream<br />
pump oxygen into his brain.<br />
Other nanobots monitor his body’s<br />
vitamin, mineral, and enzyme content,<br />
and produce whatever he needs<br />
for peak performance. Kevin glows<br />
with health and charisma, thanks to<br />
the nanocomputers he inhales once a<br />
year. The trillions of molecule-sized<br />
machines operate as parallel-processing<br />
computers that stimulate brain<br />
regions and meridian nerves, which<br />
operate sluggishly in most humans.<br />
This enhancement allows him to<br />
read other people’s emotional states<br />
and even translate their neuronal activity<br />
into readable thoughts. He has<br />
instant access to countless databases<br />
and can process dozens of complex<br />
variables almost instantaneously — a<br />
task that could keep a team of analysts<br />
busy for days.<br />
Darius is truly an experiment-inprogress.<br />
A web of carbon nanotubes<br />
has been threaded along his skin.<br />
These nanotubes have no specific<br />
function — they’re not geared toward<br />
increasing his intelligence or finegeneral<br />
population of “Norms”<br />
(those without technological enhancements).<br />
The leaders of every<br />
organization and group will be compelled<br />
to come to terms with the<br />
ESIs’ advanced capabilities and the<br />
tensions, ambitions, and alliances attendant<br />
upon them.<br />
A Mixed-Ability Workplace<br />
Scenario<br />
You are hard at work as director of<br />
SCOTT DOUGHERTY / LAWRENCE LIVERMORE NATIONAL LABORATORY<br />
Carbon nanotubes (illustrated above) are incredibly strong and resilient, compared with<br />
organic matter. Such breakthroughs in nanotechnology would increase human mental and<br />
physical capabilities in unprecedented ways.<br />
a regional desk at a government security<br />
agency when your boss calls:<br />
“Er, ah, come over to my office right<br />
away.” You hurry over, already<br />
frowning. Did one of your agents<br />
screw up? Did war break out along a<br />
border you were supposedly monitoring?<br />
When you arrive, you find the associate<br />
director there, along with<br />
some military brass, your boss, your<br />
42 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
The Singularity: A Glossary of Terms<br />
The Singularity: Originally used to describe black<br />
holes and the singular, distinctive laws of physics<br />
that apply within them and nowhere else, “Singularity”<br />
now may also refer to the radical fusion of the<br />
human body with technology to achieve levels of<br />
mental acuity and physical ability that eclipse anything<br />
humans have previously known.<br />
Enhanced Singular Individuals or ESIs: The author’s<br />
term for people enhanced by Singularity technology.<br />
Norms: The author’s term for unenhanced or “normal”<br />
people.<br />
Nanobots: Molecule- or atom-sized machines measured<br />
in billionths (nano-) of meters, currently a focus<br />
of the growing field of nanotechnology. Theoretically,<br />
a huge number of nanobots can be introduced<br />
into the human body and programmed to trigger a<br />
wide range of physical and psychological effects.<br />
Carbon nanotubes: Very strong cylindrical filaments<br />
of carbon a few nanometers wide, with many potential<br />
uses. Their integration with the human body, as<br />
suggested in the author’s scenario, is purely speculative<br />
but probably achievable. Even if not placed<br />
under the outer skin, nanotubes may one day be<br />
capable of interacting intimately with physiological<br />
processes.<br />
DARPA: Defense Advanced Research Projects<br />
Agency, a branch of the U.S. Department of Defense,<br />
created to pursue cutting-edge research. DARPA is<br />
already engaged in the development of Singularityoriented<br />
technology.<br />
Super-senses: Dramatically heightened vision, hearing,<br />
taste, smell, and touch. Advances have been<br />
made with corneal modifications that lead to exceptional<br />
night vision. Unlike with contact lenses or<br />
hearing aids, the goal of super-senses is not to see or<br />
hear at optimum human levels, but to go well beyond<br />
them.<br />
Rogue enhancer: A likely denizen of the Singularity<br />
era, who operates in a shadow economy or criminal<br />
underworld and uses genetics, nanotech, and other<br />
technologies for his or her own gain.<br />
— Barton Kunstler<br />
tuning his health, for instance. Instead,<br />
they emit varying frequencies<br />
that activate his entire physiology in<br />
unpredictable ways. Darius is thus<br />
subject to tremendous flashes of brilliance,<br />
with results that can barely be<br />
translated into coherent human<br />
terms. His incredible physicality<br />
combines with his freakish intellect<br />
to make him ideal as both an analyst<br />
and a covert agent. Over time, he expects<br />
to rise through the ranks of the<br />
intelligence system. At least that’s<br />
what he thought at first and what he<br />
still tells his handlers. However, as<br />
he figures out which frequencies<br />
trigger what states of consciousness<br />
(information that only he is totally<br />
privy to), he realizes that the potential<br />
power of his particular Singularity<br />
technology is far greater than his<br />
handlers suspect.<br />
Forces Driving an Enhanced<br />
Future<br />
The true Human Singularity will<br />
only occur with the advent of ESIs<br />
whose entire physical, psychological,<br />
emotional, social, and mental development<br />
is defined by technological<br />
enhancements permanently installed<br />
in their bodies.<br />
The Singularity will be shaped by<br />
a continuous stream of scientific advances<br />
— for instance, the interface<br />
between biological and synthetic systems,<br />
especially between humans<br />
and robotic devices. Advancements<br />
that have already been achieved to<br />
varying degrees include improved<br />
brain function, implants that offer<br />
“superhuman” sight or hearing,<br />
cloned mammals, species hybrids<br />
(created by grafting a trait from one<br />
species to a member of another), and<br />
translation of a person’s neuronal activity<br />
into his or her actual thoughts.<br />
The accelerating development of a<br />
few key technologies such as nanotechnology,<br />
bioengineering, supercomputing,<br />
materials development,<br />
and robotics is propelling the Singularity.<br />
Dark horse technologies that<br />
can contribute include wave dynamics,<br />
virtual reality, biofeedback, holography,<br />
and cultivation of “higher”<br />
levels of consciousness.<br />
Public pressure is also contributing<br />
to the Singularity’s development due<br />
to interest in improving the quality<br />
of human life, intelligence, and taskspecific<br />
performance. Many people<br />
also believe that humanity’s survival<br />
depends on its ability to transcend<br />
current human limitations and operate<br />
more effectively at a “metahuman”<br />
level in solving such prob-<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 43
What It Will Mean to Be “Human”<br />
It may be tempting to compare Enhanced Singular<br />
Individuals (ESIs) to comic book and movie<br />
superheroes, whose stories often contain keen social<br />
and psychological insights. ESIs, though, will not be<br />
superheroes, nor will they be robotic cyborgs or other<br />
popular stereotypes. They will be of many different<br />
types. Some ESIs will have one talent while others<br />
will possess abilities they can apply in different ways.<br />
No phone booths for them; their gifts will be integral<br />
to their everyday identities.<br />
ESIs will be subject to unfamiliar, unpredictable,<br />
and complex psychological and social forces. As their<br />
numbers grow, they will transform twenty-firstcentury<br />
society and its notions of excellence,<br />
achievement, and leadership. In short, the Singularity<br />
will change what it means to be not only human but<br />
also a leader among humans.<br />
ESIs will possess a range of abilities (in varying<br />
combinations) that can be grouped under three broad<br />
categories: mental, perceptual, and physiological.<br />
Mental<br />
• Extraordinary intelligence, memory, and learning<br />
capacity.<br />
• Ability to read others’ thoughts.<br />
• Remote control over technology via mind energy or<br />
“thought waves.”<br />
• Mind enters digital networks as an active agent.<br />
• Mind-to-mind interfaces, mind sharing, and group<br />
minds.<br />
• Exploration of “higher” states of consciousness and<br />
“psychic” powers.<br />
• Ability to interfere or intervene with others’ neural<br />
processes and to control one’s own.<br />
• New areas of learning and exploration — hidden<br />
worlds revealed.<br />
• Ability to generate mental models of higher orders<br />
of complexity.<br />
Perceptual<br />
• Hyper-enhanced “super senses.”<br />
• Extrasensory “sixth, seventh, and eighth senses”<br />
such as sensitivity to electromagnetic fields, ability<br />
to perceive imprints of past events in one’s<br />
environment, and remote sensing.<br />
• Sharing the sensory experiences of others in real<br />
time.<br />
• Extreme proprioception (sensory awareness of<br />
internal bodily activities), resulting in ability to<br />
control and improve physical and mental<br />
operations.<br />
Physiological<br />
• Every bodily system more efficient and powerful;<br />
advances in longevity.<br />
• New levels of mind/body integration.<br />
• Increased speed, strength, agility, balance, flexibility,<br />
coordination, and elasticity.<br />
• Robotic implants of organs, bones, muscles,<br />
ligaments, etc.<br />
• Cross-species genetic implants for strength and new<br />
mental perspectives.<br />
• New limbs: artificial, regrown, genetically<br />
engineered, nano- enhanced.<br />
• Increased speed at which signals travel along and<br />
between nerve cells.<br />
• Greater ability to withstand cold, pain, and extreme<br />
deprivations.<br />
• Regulation of key bodily functions: chemical,<br />
temperature, heart rate, immune system.<br />
— Barton Kunstler<br />
social-enhancement mechanism.<br />
Communities demonstrate their values,<br />
their assumptions about human<br />
nature, their aspirations, and even<br />
their relationship to the environment<br />
by the way they assign, assert, and<br />
acquiesce to leadership.<br />
The Singularity will disrupt leadership’s<br />
traditional patterns by alterlems<br />
as war, pollution, climate<br />
change, poverty, and injustice.<br />
Management and Leadership<br />
In the Singularity Era<br />
Leadership emerged within mammal<br />
and early human bands because<br />
it was an efficient survival and<br />
ing human traits that have shaped<br />
leadership for millennia. Reimagining<br />
leadership for the Singularity era<br />
should begin now, while the technology<br />
is still in its early stages, because<br />
we will face immense social and environmental<br />
change in the coming<br />
years, and the old ways of leadership<br />
will no longer suffice.<br />
44 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
A Quick Guide to the Singularity<br />
The Singularity — What Is It?<br />
The Singularity “is a future period during which<br />
the pace of technological change will be so fast and<br />
far-reaching that human existence on this planet will<br />
be irreversibly altered. People will combine our brain<br />
power — the knowledge, skills, and personality<br />
quirks that make us human — with our computer<br />
power in order to think, reason, communicate, and<br />
create in ways we can scarcely even contemplate today,”<br />
according to Ray Kurzweil, writing in the<br />
March-April 2006 issue of THE FUTURIST. In his<br />
various novels, Hugo Award winning science -fiction<br />
writer Vernor Vinge has portrayed the Singularity as<br />
a sudden explosion in human intelligence.<br />
The Technologies Behind the<br />
Singularity<br />
1. Genetics. Our ability to manipulate the human<br />
genome will allow us to turn the expression of certain<br />
genetic traits on or off, resulting in longer life<br />
spans and fewer instances of congenital illness, according<br />
to biotech researchers such as Gregory Stock<br />
and Ian Wilmut. Some future watchers believe we<br />
may use genetic science to improve our brains and<br />
greatly enhance our physical performance as well.<br />
Aubrey de Grey, author of Ending Aging (St. Martin’s,<br />
2007), has stated that genetic science could expand<br />
the human life span well beyond 150 years.<br />
2. Nanotechnology. This refers to the manipulation<br />
of objects less than one-billionth of a meter in<br />
size, literally designing medicines and other products<br />
on the molecular level. Nanotechnology is confined<br />
mostly to materials science, but some doctors<br />
are finding medical applications. A research team<br />
from the University of Texas was able to send gold<br />
nanoparticles directly into tumors (in mice) and then<br />
irradiate the particles, releasing heat. This improved<br />
the mice’s response to radiation therapy. Robert Freitas,<br />
author of the Nanomedicine series, has stated that<br />
future nano-robotic therapies could make us stronger,<br />
smarter, and healthier than we are today by several<br />
orders of magnitude.<br />
3. Artificial intelligence. Computer intelligence<br />
will surpass all biological (regular human) intelligence<br />
by the year 2030, according to Kurzweil.<br />
Long before then, people will incorporate computers<br />
into their biological functioning and thinking<br />
through cybernetic implants and nano devices.<br />
— Patrick Tucker<br />
The Singularity world will be characterized<br />
by a global, networked,<br />
technocratic civilization with a population<br />
of 8 to 12 billion people.<br />
Nation-states will be weakened in<br />
favor of regional alignments, global<br />
organizations, and large, powerful<br />
networks devoted to specific causes<br />
or interests. ESIs will be living sideby-side<br />
with Norms. Leaders’ tasks<br />
will be to maximize ESI potential, resolve<br />
conflicts among ESIs as well as<br />
between ESIs and Norms, establish<br />
new leadership approaches for<br />
unique situations arising from ESI–<br />
Norm disparities, and establish a new<br />
basis for social cohesion. ESIs who<br />
become leaders will likely be confident,<br />
literally “plugged-in” technologically,<br />
and either completely or erratically<br />
rational.<br />
ESIs may rely too heavily on their<br />
enhanced abilities when making decisions<br />
without understanding their<br />
own unenhanced traits. The disparities<br />
between their Singularity level<br />
and “normal” abilities may cause<br />
some ESIs to experience intense anxiety.<br />
Many ESI leaders may prove unreliable<br />
and only able to process narrow<br />
decision paths. Relationships<br />
based on awe at outsized talents may<br />
be marked by intimidation or uneasy<br />
emotional ties, and successful ESI<br />
leaders will, at least at first, produce<br />
a sense of awe. Norm leaders in this<br />
era may be suspicious, angry, and<br />
confused. The most successful Norm<br />
leaders, however, will cultivate their<br />
own gifts and leverage them for tactical<br />
advantage (for instance, “If you<br />
can’t out-calculate them, you must<br />
out-intuit or out-feel them”).<br />
Many ESIs and Norms will be<br />
newly disenfranchised to some extent.<br />
The question is, will they work<br />
toward common causes and goals or<br />
compete with one another? Smart<br />
leaders on both sides of the enhanced<br />
divide will encourage collaborative<br />
initiatives. There will be a growing<br />
demand for consultants and trainers<br />
who can assist bewildered leaders in<br />
understanding such issues as “What<br />
do Norms really want?” and “Running<br />
a Family Business with Your<br />
ESI Sibling.”<br />
The Post-Singularity<br />
Workforce Scenario<br />
Continues<br />
As you reflect on your three new<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 45
staff members, you realize that everyone<br />
must now discard the baseline<br />
assumption that we will always<br />
exert control or leadership over technology.<br />
In this case, “technology” refers<br />
to a whole other type of human.<br />
For the first time in human history,<br />
the locus of leadership has shifted<br />
from the strictly human to beings<br />
with greater mental capacity than<br />
our own. Deeply engrained assumptions<br />
about power and leadership<br />
will begin to disappear because a<br />
cultural concept loses strength as its<br />
experiential underpinnings erode.<br />
Entirely new types of interpersonal<br />
and group dynamics will arise that<br />
transform the requirements and per-<br />
ception of leadership.<br />
At the same time, you figure that<br />
many traditional leadership paradigms<br />
will still be applicable and directly<br />
relevant for several reasons.<br />
Radical social change does not<br />
equate to overturning the most fundamental<br />
psychological and organizational<br />
responses to personal and<br />
group relations. The new ESIs may<br />
be extraordinary people, but they are<br />
people nonetheless. Just like everyone<br />
else, they should respond to<br />
your fair distribution of assignments<br />
and rewards, and to the open and<br />
personable nature that has served<br />
you so well in political situations.<br />
Someone has to have the skills to<br />
bring coherence to complex societies,<br />
and so forth. Still, those abilities may<br />
not produce the expected results<br />
with these new ESIs. The methods<br />
and tools of leadership must undergo<br />
serious renovation.<br />
As the first weeks pass, you notice<br />
a new dynamic in your department.<br />
Your staff of 35 Norms has sensed<br />
something different about the three<br />
new colleagues, although you are not<br />
allowed to even hint to your staff the<br />
truth about their new co-workers.<br />
This is your first leadership task<br />
pertaining to the Norm–ESI situation:<br />
Identify the cause and nature of the<br />
concerns slowly building up in the<br />
office. The strong relationships<br />
ALPERIUM / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
What form will leadership take in the Singularity<br />
era? And what will Enhanced Singular Individuals<br />
be capable of accomplishing?<br />
46 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
certainly justifies a successful career.<br />
But one of your analysts pushes a bit<br />
more. “Look,” she argues, “if there<br />
are more where they came from, the<br />
rest of us are going to face increasingly<br />
limited options.” You say<br />
something encouraging, but you<br />
both know — and soon the whole office<br />
knows — that there is no easy<br />
resolution to such concerns.<br />
Another six months passes, and<br />
you’ve adapted your leadership style<br />
to address these tensions. You can no<br />
longer be the wiser, more experienced<br />
natural leader that you’ve<br />
been to the rest of your staff because<br />
the ESIs derive their own — possibly<br />
superior — understanding via their<br />
own mysterious ways. The ESIs do,<br />
however, need help navigating a<br />
professional world from which<br />
they’ve been sheltered for most of<br />
their lives, so you adopt a more<br />
avuncular role that gradually makes<br />
you more attuned to the personal<br />
concerns of the rest of your staff. You<br />
were always good at the political,<br />
team-building aspects of the job, but<br />
now that you’ve had to shift the<br />
value that you provide as a leader to<br />
accommodate the ESIs, you find the<br />
whole office appreciates the more relational<br />
“you.”<br />
The atmosphere not only thaws<br />
from the earlier tension but becomes<br />
looser. People discuss their work<br />
more animatedly with one another,<br />
meetings are more challenging, and<br />
everyone seems to enjoy the giveand-take.<br />
Once, during a meeting,<br />
Darius said, “It’s not all about what<br />
we know or how fast we process. We<br />
are not computers, after all; we’re<br />
people, and insight is qualitative.”<br />
Likewise, Sandy conceded, “There<br />
is a richness within each person’s perspective<br />
that I hadn’t expected. Their<br />
experience and emotional lives, the<br />
way they solve problems — even if<br />
they can be frustratingly slow — often<br />
provides us with fascinating material.”<br />
It is not lost on you that the three<br />
ESIs on your team are unselfconsciously<br />
condescending toward the<br />
Norms, like Cro-Magnons who are<br />
really delighted to find that Neanderthals<br />
also can think. The ESIs naturally<br />
assume that they are superior<br />
to the Norms — an assumption that<br />
the Norms do not share. Nonetheyou’ve<br />
established enable you to do<br />
some casual intelligence gathering<br />
among your people, from which you<br />
discover that the staff is confused<br />
and daunted by the ESIs and the<br />
thorough and unerring analyses that<br />
emerge so rapidly and with so little<br />
prior experience.<br />
You decide to talk things over with<br />
the ESIs themselves — at least they<br />
know they’re different. But the conversations<br />
don’t lead to much. All<br />
three say they are perfectly happy<br />
before you even have a chance to<br />
ask.<br />
So what makes these three ESIs<br />
tick? How do you motivate them?<br />
Do they even need motivation? And<br />
motivate them for what? What’s<br />
your job anyway? To make sure they<br />
don’t shine too bright and upset the<br />
political and personal balance in the<br />
department? To motivate them to operate<br />
at their maximum level of performance,<br />
if you can even figure out<br />
what that is? And how do you manage<br />
the threat that the ESIs’ superior<br />
skills pose to Norms’ careers — including<br />
your own? You realize that<br />
throughout society there’ll be a need<br />
to reduce ESI–Norm tensions that<br />
will arise with the inevitable shifts in<br />
status and wealth as members of the<br />
two groups compete.<br />
You have other questions that<br />
make you think the whole thing may<br />
end up driving you crazy. Are these<br />
guys patented? Do they need to be<br />
maintained or upgraded? How long<br />
before they become obsolete? Then<br />
what happens to them? If you have<br />
to fire one of them, where do they<br />
go?<br />
Over the next six months, your unease<br />
intensifies. Several of the Norms<br />
in the office have become friendly<br />
with the three ESIs, occasioning tensions<br />
between those Norms and<br />
other staff. And even though you<br />
have not let anything slip about the<br />
ESIs’ identities, your people are<br />
savvy and they’ve surmised the general<br />
truth. A few have approached<br />
you and asked outright if their prospects<br />
for advancement have diminished<br />
as a result of the extraordinary<br />
performance of the three new hires.<br />
You tell them, truthfully, that they<br />
are not in direct competition, that<br />
there are many tracks for advancement,<br />
and that their own expertise<br />
less, the Norms do find themselves<br />
unconsciously deferring to the ESIs.<br />
You realize that each step forward<br />
generates more complexity, more dilemmas,<br />
new tensions. You wonder<br />
what the limits are to your ability to<br />
adjust. You also wonder what is going<br />
on in the minds of the three ESIs,<br />
and what will happen when more<br />
ESIs come into your office or replace<br />
Norm staff, and how much longer<br />
the details of the ESIs’ enhancements<br />
can be kept secret from their coworkers.<br />
In the year since Sandra, Kevin,<br />
and Darius arrived, you’ve heard<br />
from others suddenly confronted<br />
with managing, working for or with,<br />
or interacting with ESIs. You realize<br />
that the increasing irrelevance of<br />
Norm staff in the face of highperforming<br />
ESIs affects every level<br />
of society. Your staff is already trying<br />
to cope with what they perceive as<br />
their own growing obsolescence, and<br />
you’re even having doubts about<br />
your own relevance. ESIs could easily<br />
become a separate class and<br />
quickly rise to leadership positions;<br />
they will also likely develop new<br />
skills as their self-awareness and experience<br />
increase. New ESI agendas<br />
will emerge beyond the scope of the<br />
scientists, handlers, and managers<br />
who create and guide them, further<br />
undermining traditional hierarchies<br />
and managerial norms. Rogue enhancers<br />
will also create new types of<br />
ESIs, for better or worse; certainly a<br />
criminal underworld specializing in<br />
Singularity technology will arise.<br />
As a leader, you recognize these<br />
emerging challenges to your own<br />
abilities. Perhaps the time will come<br />
when you are no longer deemed adequate.<br />
Then you’ll either retire or<br />
perhaps ask to be enhanced. ❑<br />
About the Author<br />
Barton Kunstler is an<br />
account executive for IST<br />
Energy and the educational<br />
director of Chess Corps in<br />
Brookline, Massachusetts,<br />
which applies brain-based<br />
learning methods to teaching<br />
and coaching chess. He is the author of<br />
The Hothouse Effect (AMACOM, 2003) and<br />
writes for The Huffington Post. E-mail<br />
barleeku@comcast.net.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 47
Why Farmers Need<br />
a Pay Raise<br />
Global commercial trends threaten farmers’ livelihoods—<br />
and the global food supply along with them, argues an<br />
agricultural policy watcher. The consequences for human<br />
beings everywhere could be dire.<br />
MILANLJ / DREAMSTIME<br />
By Julian Cribb<br />
Above: A corn field<br />
withers in a summer<br />
drought. Many of the<br />
world’s farms are suffering<br />
from depleted water<br />
supplies and degraded<br />
ecosystems, according<br />
to Cribb. Innovative<br />
water-management<br />
and land-management<br />
practices could help, he<br />
adds, but farmers will<br />
need much more funding<br />
to implement them.<br />
The world’s farmers<br />
need a pay raise, or<br />
else, come mid-century,<br />
the other 8 billion<br />
of us may not<br />
have enough to eat.<br />
As the Earth Policy<br />
Institute notes, the<br />
w o r l d p ro d u c e d<br />
more grain than it<br />
consumed throughout<br />
the 1970s, 1980s,<br />
and 1990s. Today, those surpluses<br />
are gone. While the world harvested<br />
20.4 million tons of grain between<br />
2001 and 2010, it consumed 20.5 million<br />
tons. This gap may sound small,<br />
but it will surely widen later this<br />
century as the world population and<br />
food demands continue to rise.<br />
At its “How to Feed the World”<br />
meeting in October 2009, the UN<br />
Food and Agriculture Organization<br />
stated that world food production<br />
would have to increase 70% by 2050<br />
to adequately feed the growing<br />
world population. This would require<br />
an investment of $83 billion a<br />
year in the developing world alone.<br />
However, it also noted, “Farmers<br />
and prospective farmers will invest<br />
in agriculture only if their investments<br />
are profitable.”<br />
Unfortunately, farming in the last<br />
few decades has not been particularly<br />
profitable. The real prices of<br />
rice, wheat, soybeans, and maize fell<br />
by an average of 2%–3% per year between<br />
1975 and 2008, according to<br />
University of Minnesota economists<br />
Julian Alston, Jason Beddow, and<br />
Philip Pardey.<br />
Cheap food is a boon for consumers,<br />
but not for farmers and not for<br />
the planet. Among the effects are<br />
disincentives for farmers to grow<br />
more food, leading to reduced agricultural<br />
productivity gains, a disincentive<br />
to young people to work in<br />
agriculture, huge wastage, and<br />
spreading ill-health in society. Cheap<br />
food prices also reduce national and<br />
international investment in agriculture,<br />
as investors consider farming<br />
less profitable than other opportunities.<br />
Because of the disincentives to<br />
investment, farmers cannot adopt<br />
more sustainable and productive<br />
farming techniques so readily.<br />
The dramatic increases in world<br />
crop prices in 2008 and 2010 have<br />
not made farming more profitable.<br />
The reason is a growing imbalance<br />
in market power between farmers<br />
and the businesses that dominate the<br />
food supply and input chains.<br />
48 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
HARSHMUNJAL / DREAMSTIME<br />
They earn lower profits when commodity<br />
prices are higher.<br />
Farmers are thus trapped between<br />
muscular globalized food firms that<br />
drive down the prices of their produce<br />
and muscular industrial firms<br />
that drive up the cost of their inputs.<br />
The economic message now reaching<br />
most of the world’s farmers from the<br />
market is “Don’t grow more food.”<br />
As a result, world food output is increasing<br />
too slowly to meet rising<br />
demand, overall farm productivity<br />
gains are sliding, and yield gains for<br />
major crops are stagnating.<br />
A visibly worried farmer scans his crop field in India. Insufficient government support,<br />
decreasing profit margins, and fewer young people taking up farming is making life more<br />
difficult for the world’s farmers, according to Cribb.<br />
Two decades ago, most consumers<br />
bought their farm produce from local<br />
farmers in local markets. In the<br />
twenty-first century, market power<br />
is increasingly concentrated in a very<br />
small number of food corporations<br />
and supermarkets sourcing food<br />
worldwide. The food corporations<br />
minimize their input costs by paying<br />
farmers less for farm commodities.<br />
The power of the farmer to resist<br />
downward price pressure has weakened,<br />
as farmers in rich and poor<br />
countries alike now compete intensely<br />
with each other to sell at the<br />
lowest possible prices.<br />
KOMELAU / DREAMSTIME<br />
Villagers in Krisrooa,<br />
Kenya, wait in line to<br />
draw small rations of<br />
food from a local food<br />
station. While hunger<br />
is already a reality in<br />
much of the developing<br />
world, Cribb<br />
warns that it will grow<br />
much worse unless<br />
countries channel<br />
more funds into<br />
developing their<br />
agricultural sectors<br />
and ensure a steady<br />
global food supply.<br />
At the same time, the manufacturers<br />
of fuel, machinery, fertilizer,<br />
chemicals, seeds, and other farmers’<br />
necessities have grown much larger,<br />
more globalized, and more powerful.<br />
This makes it easier for them to<br />
raise the cost of their products.<br />
When farm commodity prices rise,<br />
the industrial firms increase the<br />
prices of their wares, often by far<br />
more. In 2008, when grain prices<br />
rose 80%, fertilizer prices went up<br />
160% in some cases, while oil<br />
reached to $160 a barrel with proportionate<br />
increases in farm fuel costs.<br />
Many farmers have noted the irony:<br />
Global Resource Degradation and<br />
Productivity Decline<br />
In a recent satellite survey, FAO researchers<br />
reported that 24% of the<br />
Earth’s land surface was seriously<br />
degraded, compared with 15% estimated<br />
by an on-ground survey in<br />
1990. The FAO team noted that degradation<br />
was proceeding at a rate of<br />
around 1% a year. This degradation<br />
is caused primarily by the low profitability<br />
of agriculture, which drives<br />
many farmers (especially in poorer<br />
regions) to overuse their land. If we<br />
continue to sacrifice 1% of the<br />
world’s productive land every year,<br />
there is going to be precious little left<br />
on which to double food production<br />
by 2060.<br />
Much the same applies to irrigation:<br />
“In order to double food production<br />
we need to double the water<br />
volume we use in agriculture, and<br />
there are serious doubts about<br />
whether there is enough water available<br />
to do this,” Colin Chartres, director<br />
general of the International<br />
Water Management Institute, told<br />
the 2010 World Congress of Soil<br />
Science in Brisbane, Australia.<br />
<strong>Solutions</strong> to land and water degradation<br />
are fairly well known and<br />
have been shown to work. Unfortunately,<br />
most farmers cannot afford to<br />
implement them, even though many<br />
would like to do so.<br />
As a result, world agriculture is today<br />
primarily a mining activity. We<br />
all know what happens to mines<br />
when the ore runs out.<br />
University of Minnesota economists<br />
Alston, Beddow, and Pardey<br />
attribute much of the productivity<br />
decline to falling investment world-<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 49
wide in agricultural science, technology,<br />
and extension of new knowledge<br />
to farmers. In the United States,<br />
public expenditures on agricultural<br />
R&D grew 3.6% a year from 1950 to<br />
1970, but only 1.7% a year from 1970<br />
to 2007.<br />
“A continuation of the recent<br />
trends in funding, policy, and markets<br />
is likely to have significant effects<br />
on the long-term productivity<br />
path for food staples in developed<br />
and developing countries alike,”<br />
they write.<br />
The role of low returns in discouraging<br />
farmers, in both developed<br />
and developing countries, from<br />
adopting more productive and sustainable<br />
farming systems cannot be<br />
ignored. While a few highly efficient<br />
and profitable producers continue to<br />
make advances, the bulk of the<br />
world’s farmers are being left behind.<br />
Since small farmers feed more<br />
than half the world, this is a matter<br />
of some concern.<br />
Cuts in support for farm research<br />
have been inflicted in most developed<br />
countries and even in places<br />
such as China, where the level of agricultural<br />
R&D support is falling as a<br />
proportion of the total science investment.<br />
With agricultural R&D<br />
comprising a mere 1.8 cents of the<br />
developed world’s science dollar in<br />
2000, you can get a very clear idea<br />
how unimportant most governments<br />
now consider food production to be.<br />
Solving the Food Challenge<br />
Although most experts agree that<br />
we should be seeking ways to double<br />
food output sustainably over the<br />
coming half century, the ruling economic<br />
signal is: “Don’t do it.” We<br />
could obey the economic signal and<br />
allow agricultural output to gradually<br />
fall behind—but that will expose<br />
8 billion consumers to massive unprecedented<br />
price spikes, imperil the<br />
poor, and maybe start wars and topple<br />
governments. It will not benefit<br />
farmers nearly as much as would<br />
stable, steady increases in their incomes,<br />
which would provide incentives<br />
for investment and innovation.<br />
Policy makers need to move much<br />
faster and farther toward totally free<br />
trade in agricultural products, thus<br />
encouraging efficient producers<br />
Food Becomes Scarcer and Costlier<br />
Ominous warning signs lie<br />
within the most recent data on<br />
global food production. Farming<br />
sectors everywhere are contracting.<br />
Agricultural employment in<br />
the European Union fell 25% between<br />
2000 and 2009, according to<br />
the European Commission. In all,<br />
according to the International Labor<br />
Organization, worldwide agriculture<br />
shed more than 550,000<br />
jobs between 2001 and 2007, a<br />
4.7% decline.<br />
Should these trends continue,<br />
all of the basic resources for food<br />
production will likely become<br />
much scarcer. Global food supplies<br />
will tend to tighten over<br />
time, making the world more vulnerable<br />
to sudden unanticipated<br />
shortages and price spikes whenever<br />
seasonal conditions in key<br />
farming regions are unfavorable.<br />
Food prices soared to record<br />
highs in 2008, according to the<br />
UN Food and Agriculture Organization<br />
(FAO). The agency warns<br />
that we may witness many more,<br />
around the world. But we also need<br />
to be aware of the universal dangers<br />
of undervaluing agriculture as we<br />
approach the greatest demand for<br />
food in all of history. Here are a few<br />
ways to address the issue:<br />
• Consumers, supermarkets, and<br />
food processors could agree to pay<br />
more for food so as to protect the resource<br />
base and enable farmers to invest<br />
in new technologies.<br />
• Governments could pay farmers<br />
a social wage for exercising proper<br />
stewardship of soil, water, atmosphere,<br />
and biodiversity, separate<br />
from their commercial food production.<br />
• Regulations could limit the practices<br />
or technologies that degrade<br />
the food resource base and reward<br />
those that improve it.<br />
• A resource tax could be imposed<br />
on all food to reflect its true cost to<br />
the environment to produce; proceeds<br />
could be reinvested into researching<br />
and implementing more<br />
sustainable farming systems.<br />
and more extreme, price spikes if<br />
we continue to ignore the plight<br />
of agriculture. The FAO’s November<br />
2010 Food Outlook report<br />
notes that, since 2008, harvests of<br />
cereal, wheat, and coarse grain<br />
have declined by several percentage<br />
points each. Further, due to<br />
stagnant production, food prices<br />
will likely rise to record-high levels<br />
this year, and unless production<br />
expands substantially, high<br />
demands will lead to critical food<br />
shortages in many parts of the<br />
world.<br />
“With the pressure on world<br />
prices of most commodities not<br />
abating, the international community<br />
must remain vigilant against<br />
further supply shocks in 2011 and<br />
be prepared,” the report states.<br />
Sources: Eurostat, http://epp.eurostat.ec<br />
.europa.eu.<br />
International Labor Organization,<br />
www.ilo.org.<br />
Food and Agriculture Organization,<br />
www.fao.org.<br />
• Markets could be established for<br />
key farm resources that offer farmers<br />
higher returns for wise and sustainable<br />
farming practices.<br />
• Public education programs<br />
could be launched to demonstrate<br />
how to eat more sustainably, and industry<br />
education programs could<br />
showcase sustainability standards<br />
and techniques.<br />
If we all want to eat securely in<br />
the future, it is imperative that a<br />
more serious debate take place about<br />
how to deliver fairer incomes to<br />
farmers worldwide, countering the<br />
unintended effects of overwhelming<br />
market forces against farmers. ❑<br />
J. CARL GANTER<br />
About the Author<br />
Julian Cribb is an author,<br />
journalist, editor, and science<br />
communicator, and principal<br />
of Julian Cribb & Associates<br />
consultancy in Nicholls, ACT,<br />
Australia. His latest book is The Coming<br />
Famine. E-mail Julian.Cribb@work.netspeed<br />
.com.au.<br />
50 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
The World Is<br />
My School:<br />
Welcome to the Era of<br />
Personalized Learning<br />
By Maria H. Andersen<br />
Future learning will become<br />
both more social and more<br />
personal, says an educational<br />
technology expert.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 51
ILLUSTRATIONS: SCOTT SPENCER, DIANE LABOMBARBE, MARTIN MALCHEN / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
Humans have always been<br />
learning, but how we learn<br />
has changed over time. The<br />
earliest means of education<br />
were highly personal: Oral histories<br />
passed from adults to children, informal<br />
or formal apprenticeships, and<br />
one-on-one tutoring have all been<br />
used in the early history of most cultures.<br />
It’s only been in the last two<br />
centuries that we’ve used formalized<br />
systems of mass public education<br />
(aka industrialized education).<br />
Certainly, personalized learning is<br />
the more effective method. In 1984,<br />
educational researcher Benjamin<br />
Bloom found that average students<br />
who were tutored one-on-one outperformed<br />
98% of students who<br />
were learning via conventional<br />
methods (this is referred to as<br />
Bloom’s two-sigma problem). However,<br />
personal learning is not cost-effective,<br />
and so we currently educate<br />
students in batches of 20, 30, or even<br />
200 students at a time. This is likely<br />
to get worse before it gets better,<br />
with prominent philanthropists like<br />
Bill Gates declaring that “the best<br />
lectures in the world” will be online<br />
within the next five years. Certainly<br />
we can use technology to deliver<br />
those lectures to thousands, or even<br />
millions, of students at a time, but a<br />
lecture does not automatically produce<br />
learning any more than attending<br />
a class does.<br />
Mass education is adequate, as<br />
long as students are highly motivated<br />
to learn and get ahead of their<br />
peers. In developing countries, a student<br />
who is successful in education<br />
will be able to climb the ladder of<br />
personal economic prosperity faster<br />
than those who are not successful.<br />
But in industrialized countries,<br />
where prosperity is the norm, an education<br />
does not necessarily translate<br />
into a significantly higher standard<br />
of living. In these countries,<br />
there is no longer a large economic<br />
incentive to learn, so the motivation<br />
to learn must become intrinsic. As<br />
we re design en masse education, we<br />
must address learners’ intrinsic motivations,<br />
which means that education<br />
must circle back to being personal<br />
again.<br />
The vision of a modern education<br />
built around personalized learning is<br />
not new, but it is definitely tantaliz-<br />
cently that affect how we spend our<br />
free time. Facebook, now with 500<br />
million users, has disrupted normal<br />
social interactions in a little over six<br />
years. Micro-blogging exploded<br />
when a Web site simply invited us to<br />
answer the question: What’s on your<br />
mind? Twitter users now send more<br />
than 50 million tweets per day, and<br />
big news stories break first on Twitter—in<br />
real time and with eye witness<br />
accounts. As big as Twitter is, there<br />
were more people playing Farmville<br />
(a social media game on Facebook)<br />
at its peak than there were active<br />
Twitter users—a fact that has not<br />
gone unnoticed by game designers<br />
and educators. These Farmville players<br />
are choosing to spend their free<br />
time for collaborative activities (their<br />
“cognitive surplus,” as media scholar<br />
Clay Shirky puts it) plowing virtual<br />
soil and planting virtual crops.<br />
These innovative social disruptions<br />
have happened quickly, but not<br />
from within the existing organizational<br />
structures. For example, Facebook<br />
did not disrupt phone communication<br />
by changing the nature of<br />
phone calls or phones. Facebook<br />
built an entirely new system that<br />
eventually circled back around to<br />
phones by the way of phone apps. In<br />
the same way, the trick to developing<br />
a personal learning system is to<br />
abandon thinking about how to<br />
build it from within the existing eduing.<br />
Neal Stephenson’s novel The Diamond<br />
Age (Spectra, 1995) shares a<br />
vision of personalized learning in<br />
the future via an interactive book<br />
that possesses a conversational interface<br />
(CI) and “pseudo-intelligence,”<br />
a kind of artificial intelligence (AI)<br />
that is inferior to human intelligence.<br />
It’s likely that we’ll see decent conversational<br />
interfaces within the next<br />
decade, and certainly applications<br />
like Google Voice are moving us<br />
much closer to this reality. AI that is<br />
capable of directing the learning<br />
needs of a human will take much<br />
longer, developing in the next 20–50<br />
years, but we can’t wait that long for<br />
the technology to catch up with education.<br />
The need for personalized<br />
learning exists in the here and now.<br />
So how does one bridge this vision<br />
of the future with the realities of the<br />
present?<br />
Learning Technologies Today<br />
Let’s start by taking stock of the<br />
personalized technologies for information<br />
that we already have. We<br />
have software that stores the content<br />
we like (e.g., Evernote, Posterous)<br />
and software that merely stores the<br />
location of that content (e.g., Diigo<br />
or Delicious). Even traditional media,<br />
like books, now have parallel digital<br />
systems that allow for note taking,<br />
highlighting, and bookmarking (e.g.,<br />
Kindle, Nook, or iPad). While it’s<br />
useful to store and search information,<br />
I would venture that we rarely<br />
go back to look at the information<br />
we mark for storage.<br />
This is a problem; for deep learning<br />
to occur, we need to have repeated<br />
exposure to the information,<br />
along with some time in between for<br />
reflection. We need to give our brains<br />
a repeated opportunity to process<br />
the information we take in so that it<br />
becomes knowledge, understanding,<br />
and wisdom. This means we’re going<br />
to have to find time in our busy<br />
lives to reflect on the information<br />
that flows past us on a daily basis,<br />
and we’re going to need some kind<br />
of technology that keeps us on track<br />
with our learning goals.<br />
While it seems outrageous that we<br />
could find any more time in our<br />
busy lives, consider some of the disruptive<br />
changes we’ve seen quite re-<br />
“For deep learning to<br />
occur, we need repeated<br />
exposure to information<br />
plus time for reflection.”<br />
52 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
cational system and to begin pondering<br />
how such a system could be developed<br />
outside of education.<br />
Educational institutions form a vast<br />
interconnected network, and while<br />
small changes can occur within the<br />
system, individual parts only have<br />
the ability to flex within their existing<br />
boundaries. For a personalized<br />
learning system to take hold inside<br />
education, it will have to be built on<br />
the outside.<br />
A Simple Idea: Learn This<br />
Let me propose a realistic scenario<br />
of what a true personalized learning<br />
system might look like and how it<br />
would function. We first have to create<br />
(1) a new layer of learning media<br />
in the background of the existing Internet<br />
and (2) an ecosystem of software<br />
to easily manage the learning<br />
media we engage with. In the same<br />
way we’ve integrated buttons like<br />
Twitter ’s “Tweet this” and Facebook’s<br />
“Like” at the end of videos,<br />
articles, and other media, imagine<br />
we now add a button for “Learn<br />
This.” Clicking this button (anywhere<br />
you find it) would bring you<br />
into an interface to help you learn<br />
the content.<br />
We don’t need a humanlike artificial<br />
intelligence to begin this journey.<br />
The technology for such a journey already<br />
exists and is simple enough to<br />
use with traditional learning methods.<br />
In the first version, learning<br />
should simply be by way of Socratic<br />
questioning, where questions are<br />
used to analyze concepts, to prod at<br />
the depth of knowledge, and to focus<br />
on principles, issues, or problems.<br />
Socratic questions are elegant because,<br />
unlike with other formats (e.g.,<br />
multiple choice), learners must selfgenerate<br />
the answers rather than rely<br />
heavily on the ability to recognize a<br />
correct answer when they see it. The<br />
personal learning system would use<br />
a spaced repetition algorithm (SRA)<br />
to reintroduce the Socratic questions<br />
over time so that biological memory<br />
is more likely to grasp onto the ideas<br />
and information. For now, let’s call<br />
this system SOCRAIT (a play on “Socratic”<br />
that includes SOC for social,<br />
AI for artificial intelligence, and IT for<br />
information technology within its<br />
name).<br />
For example, suppose I read an<br />
article about digital copyright in educational<br />
settings, and I decide that<br />
it’s important for me to remember<br />
some of the details of this article. At<br />
the end of this article, I choose<br />
“Learn This” to add a question to<br />
my SOCRAIT question bank. Two<br />
options would appear: (1) write your<br />
own question or (2) choose from a<br />
list of questions written by others. If<br />
I choose the first option, I might<br />
write a simple question and answer<br />
for myself: “What are the allowable<br />
uses for copyrighted video in an educational<br />
setting?” Following this,<br />
I’d write a short summary or clip a<br />
few sentences of content from the<br />
article to summarize the answer to<br />
the question. Along<br />
with the question and<br />
answer, SOCRAIT<br />
w o u l d s a v e t h e<br />
source URL (link<br />
to the content),<br />
Learn This!<br />
SOCRAIT Questions<br />
for “The World Is<br />
My School”<br />
and I could tag the question with<br />
metadata tags I indicate (e.g., copyright,<br />
digital copyright, and education).<br />
Later in the day or the week, when<br />
I have some down time, I could reengage<br />
with SOCRAIT. Here’s how<br />
it would work: I read or listen to a<br />
question, answer it in my head or<br />
out loud, view or listen to the answer,<br />
rate my understanding, and go<br />
to the next question. Since the learning<br />
is tailored to intrinsic motivations,<br />
learners could rate their own<br />
ability to answer a question (e.g., 1 =<br />
I have no clue, 2 = I knew some of it,<br />
and 3 = I nailed it!), and SOCRAIT<br />
could make decisions based on these<br />
ratings. If your rating of understanding<br />
is low or spotty, the system<br />
would offer to send you back to the<br />
source for another look. Notice that<br />
there is no need to develop software<br />
to verify the answers to<br />
questions—if you aren’t good at<br />
rating your own understanding<br />
(we call this metacognition), this<br />
will come out later in the process,<br />
and you’ll have to learn to get better<br />
at it.<br />
With a rudimentary computer<br />
interface, like the one imple-<br />
Author Maria H. Andersen<br />
offers the following questions<br />
as sample Socraticlearning<br />
prompts for readers<br />
of this article.<br />
• What technologies are we likely to see in personalized learning<br />
systems on the 20–50 year horizon?<br />
• What arguments are made for the likelihood that we can<br />
“find” the free time to engage in a personal learning system?<br />
• Why are Socratic questions and spaced repetition algorithms<br />
(SRA) an elegant solution to the personalized learning problem?<br />
• How are responses evaluated in the proposed SOCRAIT system?<br />
• What evidence do we have that people will be willing to put<br />
in the cognitive energy to create a learning layer on the Web?<br />
• How could SOCRAIT be used by journalism to improve the<br />
revenue stream?<br />
• How would the SOCRAIT model change the way we consume<br />
media?<br />
• What are Socratic scholars and what function do they serve?<br />
• If SOCRAIT were implemented, how would the role of educators<br />
shift?<br />
• What is the “game layer for learning” and why is it necessary<br />
for something like SOCRAIT to work?<br />
• What is needed to build a system like SOCRAIT?<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 53
mented in Google Voice, there’s no<br />
reason why SOCRAIT couldn’t be<br />
voice-based and available anywhere<br />
we interact with computers (e.g., cell<br />
phones, tablets, auto navigation systems).<br />
This would allow us to improve<br />
our learning while performing<br />
other tasks: commuting to work,<br />
making dinner, or walking the dogs.<br />
Initially, the so-called “Pareto’s Vital<br />
Few” (the 20% of people who get<br />
80% of the work done) would be the<br />
ones who would be most interested<br />
in creating and engaging with questions.<br />
But as the connectedness of<br />
the system matures, the need to<br />
write your own Socratic questions<br />
would lessen. Authors and media<br />
creators would write their own questions,<br />
targeting comprehension of<br />
important ideas and facts. Media<br />
consumers would be able to choose<br />
from a list of questions, perhaps seeing<br />
a sorted list based on their indicated<br />
learning priorities. Two readers<br />
of the same article would see<br />
different questions at the top of their<br />
“suggested questions” based on tags<br />
of the content. In some cases, the<br />
user might choose to pay for curated<br />
or reputable content so that their<br />
learning can later be certified by an<br />
employer, educational body, or organization.<br />
Personal Learning’s Implications<br />
For Education<br />
Now let’s take a step back and<br />
look at the big picture. Any content<br />
that exists on the Internet (or is connected<br />
to the Internet) would be<br />
tagged with Socratic learning questions<br />
and metadata for subjects.<br />
Learners would have their own bank<br />
of questions, personalized to their<br />
own learning interests. As a result,<br />
instead of learning that is designed<br />
around a physical place (e.g.,<br />
schools), an educational space (e.g.,<br />
learning management systems), or a<br />
person of authority (e.g., instructor),<br />
this system is designed around the<br />
learner.<br />
It goes without saying that the implications<br />
for education are huge. In<br />
the space of a few years, we could<br />
develop a completely separate content<br />
learning system that’s incredibly<br />
flexible and personalized to the interests<br />
of the learner. The architec-<br />
ture needs to develop organically<br />
around Web-based content and grow<br />
tendrils into everything we produce<br />
in the future. It will take some time<br />
to go back and create a learning<br />
layer to integrate with all the content<br />
that we already have, but as we’ve<br />
seen from projects like Wikipedia,<br />
there are people willing to contribute<br />
their time and energy to these kinds<br />
of tasks. Wikipedia became the largest<br />
encyclopedia ever assembled<br />
within a mere six years after its creation,<br />
and was built using less than<br />
1% of the time that Americans spend<br />
watching TV every year (as calculated<br />
by Clay Shirky).<br />
A system like SOCRAIT has the<br />
potential to benefit other industries<br />
outside of education. For example,<br />
modern journalism has been struggling<br />
with a problem of income<br />
stream. While revenue has shifted to<br />
online advertising, it is not enough<br />
to shore up the industry. At present,<br />
the vast majority of Internet content<br />
is free and, as Chris Anderson argues<br />
in his book Free (Hyperion, 2009), it’s<br />
not likely to change. How do you get<br />
readers (or viewers) to pay for something<br />
that they already get for free?<br />
The answer: Add something to the<br />
content that’s not already there. If<br />
readers or viewers had the ability to<br />
quickly add reputable questions to<br />
their learning bank, this would be a<br />
value-added service. Cleverly, the<br />
“For a personalized<br />
learning system to take<br />
hold inside education,<br />
it will have to be built<br />
on the outside.”<br />
“To learn, to analyze,<br />
to innovate, and to<br />
think creatively, we<br />
must internalize some<br />
of the information we<br />
process.”<br />
media content would remain free,<br />
but access to the question bank<br />
would require a one-time payment<br />
or ongoing subscription by the consumer.<br />
This would certainly help<br />
modern journalism (or the textbook<br />
industry) to shore up their revenue<br />
stream.<br />
A New Learning Ecosystem<br />
Books like Nicholas Carr ’s The<br />
Shallows (W.W. Norton, 2010) cause<br />
us to question whether we might be<br />
trapped on the information superhighway—stuck<br />
on the line between<br />
data lanes and unable to scoot forward<br />
or backward. Twitter users regularly<br />
use the phrase “drink from<br />
the fire hose” when referring to their<br />
experience of dipping into the live<br />
data stream. Information, whether it<br />
be from radio, television, print, Web<br />
media, or social networks, is coming<br />
at us too quickly; all that most of us<br />
can do is surface-skim, rarely pausing<br />
to reflect or think deeply. To<br />
learn, to analyze, to innovate, and to<br />
think creatively, we must internalize<br />
some of the information we process.<br />
An entirely new ecosystem could<br />
grow up around this Socratic learning<br />
system. Certainly a ratings system<br />
for questions could be built using<br />
the technology developed by<br />
companies like Netflix. For example,<br />
54 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
“Your friends John and Iveta chose<br />
this question. Would you like to see<br />
other questions/media they chose<br />
for this topic?” If you choose to do<br />
so, the questions you see when you<br />
add content to your question bank<br />
could be filtered by your existing social<br />
networks. Rather than showing<br />
all the possible questions in existence<br />
for that media (which could become<br />
a fairly lengthy list), you could<br />
choose to see only the ones people in<br />
your social network have also used.<br />
So far, I’ve discussed how the system<br />
would work if you engaged in<br />
reading and watching media as you<br />
do today. However, such a system<br />
could also shift how and when we<br />
seek out content. After all, a lot of<br />
time is wasted in modern education<br />
by re-teaching content that some of<br />
the learners already know. There is<br />
no incentive for students to get<br />
ahead when the reward is sitting<br />
through a lecture on something<br />
they’ve already learned.<br />
Imagine: When you need to learn<br />
something new, you could subscribe<br />
to a curated collection of questions<br />
on that topic. For example, “Digital<br />
Copyright 101” might be a collection<br />
of questions developed by somebody<br />
who teaches digital copyright<br />
policy to beginners. The truly fascinating<br />
shift is that you wouldn’t necessarily<br />
start by consuming the media<br />
that goes with the questions.<br />
Instead, you would simply start answering<br />
the questions in your bank.<br />
As you encounter learning questions<br />
that you can’t answer, you could<br />
dive into the content at those points<br />
in time—this is the exact point between<br />
boredom (with things you already<br />
know) and frustration (with<br />
things you don’t know), the point to<br />
engage in learning.<br />
Testing Knowledge Acquisition<br />
Almost immediately after the personalized<br />
learning architecture is in<br />
place, we will need a new educational<br />
industry tasked with certifying<br />
knowledge and understanding.<br />
For lack of a better name, let’s call<br />
these folks “Socratic scholars.” Their<br />
job will be to rate how well you<br />
know what you claim to have<br />
learned. For example, let’s say I’ve<br />
engaged with and theoretically<br />
“When you need to<br />
learn something new,<br />
you could subscribe to<br />
a curated collection of<br />
questions on that topic.”<br />
learned 500 tagged questions on biochemistry<br />
to prepare for teaching a<br />
new class. In order for this to count<br />
toward my professional development<br />
hours, my college asks me to<br />
certify the learning. I pay for a Socratic<br />
scholar who specializes in<br />
chemistry to rate my knowledge. We<br />
meet either in person or via the Web<br />
(more likely) and have a discussion<br />
about the questions in my learning<br />
bank on biochemistry.<br />
The scholar has access to the 500<br />
questions I say I’ve mastered and<br />
asks me to answer a random selection.<br />
Of course, this is where it<br />
would be valuable to have reputable<br />
questions in my learning bank (from<br />
authors, researchers, scientists, and<br />
leaders in the field). Since the scholar<br />
can see both my questions and the<br />
answers (linked back to original content),<br />
it should not be difficult to ascertain<br />
whether I have, in fact, mastered<br />
the knowledge and concepts as<br />
I have claimed. Because the certification<br />
is human-to-human, and not<br />
human-to-machine, the nuances of<br />
human language would be understood.<br />
So if the language of the verbal<br />
answer and the language of the<br />
written answer don’t match up exactly,<br />
that wouldn’t be a problem. At<br />
the end of the session, the scholar<br />
would “grade” my understanding of<br />
the 500 questions on biochemistry,<br />
and I could provide this certification<br />
to the human resources department.<br />
In many respects, this is a much<br />
better system than what we have to-<br />
day. For most certification of learning,<br />
we simply look at a transcript. If<br />
the class is listed, we assume the<br />
learner has that knowledge. Of<br />
course, knowledge ages—sometimes<br />
it evolves into understanding or wisdom,<br />
and sometimes it fades out of<br />
existence. The fact that I earned a<br />
chemistry degree in 1996 does not<br />
mean you would want to hire me as<br />
a chemist today. Ideally, you’d want<br />
me to recertify before I entered the<br />
“chemist” job pool. Biological memory<br />
is not reflected in the metrics of<br />
transcripts or grade point averages.<br />
I am not saying that this “certified”<br />
content knowledge equals the<br />
ability to function as a practitioner in<br />
the discipline. Even a diploma only<br />
indicates that the educational system<br />
has walked you through some series<br />
of appropriate paces for the discipline.<br />
Skills like critical thinking and<br />
creativity are often lost in education<br />
(especially in science and technology)<br />
because there is such an incredible<br />
amount of content to cover.<br />
However, if the content knowledge<br />
moved outside the educational system,<br />
then educators could focus on<br />
the learning that surrounds technical<br />
knowledge instead (e.g., problem<br />
solving, analysis, creativity, applications).<br />
Let’s imagine what would happen<br />
if a robust Socratic learning system<br />
was at the heart of the educational<br />
system. A learning coach (a more appropriate<br />
term for the teacher or instructor<br />
in this learner-centered environment)<br />
will designate some core<br />
material that he or she wants you to<br />
learn. For example, in calculus, I<br />
might use a set of 500 curated concept-oriented<br />
questions from a wellknown<br />
calculus textbook author,<br />
with each question linking to supporting<br />
media. Every student would<br />
be working on those questions, and<br />
so, as a learning community, we’d all<br />
work on that together. I would hope<br />
that this doesn’t sound like too radical<br />
a departure from normal.<br />
This is where it changes: Because<br />
every student has different interests<br />
and career ambitions, I would also<br />
require that each student find an additional<br />
100 questions tagged with<br />
both calculus and tags that are of interest<br />
to that student. For a student<br />
studying to be a doctor, questions<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 55
tagged with medicine or epidemiology<br />
might be appropriate. For a student<br />
going into business, questions<br />
tagged with marketing or management<br />
might be more appropriate.<br />
As the learning coach, my job is no<br />
longer to “deliver content” to the<br />
students. SOCRAIT does that. Now I<br />
can use my time to help students<br />
search for good questions, help them<br />
to understand the content they are<br />
learning, provide activities to help<br />
them work with the concepts or connect<br />
the material in an applied way,<br />
and foster discussion with other students<br />
on these topics.<br />
When it comes time to certify the<br />
learning for each student, it is done<br />
by an oral interview in which I have<br />
access to the common questions and<br />
the personalized questions for each<br />
student. Even if I’m not an expert on<br />
all the personalized questions, the<br />
answers are provided and the content<br />
is related to a subject of my expertise.<br />
Again, I only have to ask<br />
about a random selection of questions<br />
to be able to assess understanding.<br />
At the end of the semester, all<br />
students have learned their own personal<br />
versions of calculus, while still<br />
learning a core of common material.<br />
Such a system has implications for<br />
lifelong learning “on the job,” too.<br />
Instead of holding mandatory training,<br />
a human resources department<br />
could push out a bank of Socratic<br />
questions to all their employees<br />
about safety, new initiatives, mission<br />
statements, etc. For example, to train<br />
employees on Occupational Safety<br />
and Health Administration (OSHA)<br />
compliance, the employees would be<br />
invited to add a curated list of 40<br />
questions about OSHA policies. Each<br />
question would lead back to a source<br />
that provides the necessary content<br />
to answer the question. After two<br />
weeks, someone in HR can act as the<br />
Socratic scholar and spend five minutes<br />
with each employee to test his<br />
or her knowledge of the policies, using<br />
a random selection of questions.<br />
A Game Layer for Learning<br />
Futurist John Smart writes about a<br />
coming “valuecosm” within 10 to 20<br />
years, when we’ll be able to program<br />
our apps or avatars to make decisions<br />
for us based on what we say is our set<br />
of values. The real question is<br />
whether learning can become one of<br />
our new values, especially in the<br />
United States. In 2009, The U.S. Bureau<br />
of Labor Statistics estimated that<br />
the average American adult spent<br />
more than five hours per day on leisure<br />
activities (close to three of those<br />
leisure hours watching television)<br />
and about 30 minutes per day on educational<br />
activities. Given the 10:1 ratio<br />
of leisure to educational activities,<br />
is American culture likely to embrace<br />
learning as a choice? Initially my answer<br />
was no, but then I began to<br />
think about video-game design.<br />
Entrepreneur Seth Priebatsch<br />
spoke at TEDxBoston (2010) about<br />
building a “game layer on top of the<br />
world.” What if one of the game layers<br />
we create surrounds learning?<br />
The same game dynamics used to<br />
build successful video games (e.g.,<br />
appointment dynamics, influence<br />
and status dynamics, and progression<br />
dynamics) could be deployed to<br />
make learning the game itself. While<br />
this might still be a hard sell for the<br />
average adult, there will be subpopulations,<br />
such as early technology<br />
adapters, who will see the immediate<br />
value in cultivating and<br />
learning from their own question<br />
banks. Children who grow up learning<br />
with a Socratic question system<br />
might gain learning values naturally<br />
and carry these to their adult lives.<br />
A successful Spaced Repetition Socratic<br />
Learning System (SRSLS)<br />
would have to entice you to keep to<br />
specific goals, like answering 50<br />
questions per week or answering 100<br />
questions with a certain tag in the<br />
next month. Any of these goals could<br />
be incentivized with points (1 question<br />
answered correctly = 1 point),<br />
incentive rewards for meeting certain<br />
goals (“you’ve earned your Silver<br />
Calculus badge for 100 questions<br />
learned”), and social status levels<br />
(“Maria has just become a Calculus<br />
Master—can you do it too?”).<br />
Those engaged in formal education<br />
would participate with a far<br />
greater intensity of daily questions<br />
than those who are in the workforce.<br />
However, the wise worker would<br />
continue to learn, albeit at a slower<br />
pace. Résumés would boast levels of<br />
knowledge on particular topics and<br />
stats on the intensity at which you<br />
participate in learning.<br />
Let’s Build It<br />
A diploma has become a social signal<br />
to stop learning. In today’s<br />
world, where technical knowledge<br />
doubles every two years, this is absolutely<br />
the wrong thing to do. Careers<br />
shift overnight, and industries<br />
collapse rapidly. We have to learn,<br />
and learn faster than we ever have<br />
before, in order to stay ahead of the<br />
problems we are now creating.<br />
The content for a system like<br />
SOCRAIT already exists; it is the architecture<br />
and interface we are missing.<br />
This new learning medium needs<br />
to be an interconnected network of<br />
user-generated, or author-generated,<br />
Socratic questions with a seamless<br />
question-management interface. The<br />
architecture needs to remain open so<br />
that anyone can create questions on<br />
any content, and any developer can<br />
build applications for the computing<br />
device of his or her choice.<br />
A system for personalized learning<br />
will not grow from inside formal education.<br />
Education is like a field<br />
that’s been overplanted with only<br />
small patches of fertile soil. Too<br />
many stakeholders (parents, unions,<br />
administration, faculty, etc.) compete<br />
to promote various ideas about how<br />
to change, acting like weeds or<br />
plagues that choke off plant growth.<br />
The fresh and fertile soil of the open<br />
Web can foster the quick growth of a<br />
personalized learning system. Then,<br />
like a good fertilizer, it can be used<br />
to replenish the soil of formal education<br />
and help us to reach that “Holy<br />
Grail” of education: personalized<br />
learning for all.<br />
❏<br />
About the Author<br />
Maria H. Andersen is the<br />
Learning Futurist for The<br />
LIFT Institute at Muskegon<br />
Community College, Muskegon,<br />
Michigan. She has degrees<br />
in mathematics,<br />
chemistry, biology, business,<br />
and (ABD) Higher Education Leadership.<br />
She is considered an expert in educational<br />
technology and has been studying, researching,<br />
speaking, and writing about the<br />
future of education and learning for several<br />
years, including at the World Future Society’s<br />
2010 meeting. E-mail busynessgirl@gmail.com<br />
or search @busynessgirl on Twitter.<br />
56 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
Global, Mobile, Virtual,<br />
and Social: The College<br />
Campus of Tomorrow<br />
WFS COLLAGE / IMAGES: JOACHIM ANGELTUN, OLEG BABICH / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
In 1972, visionary futurists Robert Theobald and J. M. Scott<br />
wrote one of the most interesting works related to education<br />
in the field of future studies, Teg’s 1994: An Anticipation of the<br />
COURTESY OF THE AUTHOR<br />
Near Future. Like many significant<br />
studies of the future, Teg’s 1994<br />
was written as a work of fiction, in<br />
this case about a college student<br />
named Teg and her experiences as<br />
an “Orwell Scholar” in the year<br />
1994.<br />
What makes Teg’s 1994 significant<br />
is the nature of the future of<br />
higher education that Theobald<br />
and Scott envisioned and how<br />
much of it has come to pass. In<br />
many ways, Teg’s 1994 can also<br />
provide valuable insights into the future of higher education<br />
that this fictional student’s own children and grandchildren<br />
might encounter over the next 25 years.<br />
Theobald and Scott were able to fairly accurately describe<br />
many of the trends in higher education that have actually occurred<br />
over the intervening 37 years. This includes a description<br />
of a worldwide computer system that provides Teg with<br />
opportunities to conduct her own research, as well as communicate<br />
with her peers; campus locations around the world that<br />
enable her to conduct her studies in different geographical settings;<br />
a faculty member who serves as a mentor, with whom<br />
she corresponds by e-mail; and pharmaceuticals that stimulate<br />
concentration and reduce the effects of adolescent hormones.<br />
By John Dew<br />
An educator and strategic planner<br />
outlines the trends leading<br />
to a long-forecast future for colleges<br />
and universities: Global<br />
standardization of education<br />
content and accreditation,<br />
greater diversity in the student<br />
body, and more options for<br />
where, when, and how learning<br />
takes place.<br />
© PHOTODISC INC.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 57
If Theobald and Scott were writing<br />
today, they might craft a sequel to<br />
Teg’s 1994 around the following<br />
trends that are shaping the future of<br />
higher education, also commonly referred<br />
to as tertiary education in<br />
other countries.<br />
1. Globalization of education that<br />
leads students to study outside their<br />
home country and to respect various<br />
cultural settings. This globalized education<br />
embraces English as the<br />
world language of convenience,<br />
while still supporting and honoring<br />
other languages and cultures.<br />
2. A growing, but frustrated, need<br />
to harmonize the framework, definitions,<br />
and subject matter content of<br />
higher education programs around<br />
the world.<br />
3. Continuous changes in technology<br />
that impact learning, including<br />
the use of the Internet, the digitizing<br />
of all the world’s books, the complete<br />
transition of all technical journals to<br />
electronic format, the ascendency of<br />
online teaching and instructional designers<br />
over classroom teaching, and<br />
the use of ever changing technology,<br />
such as iPods and iPhones to deliver<br />
educational content.<br />
4. The changing role of faculty that<br />
diminishes their engagement in<br />
classroom teaching.<br />
5. The changing nature of students,<br />
most of whom are already working<br />
adults who want to further enhance<br />
their knowledge and skills.<br />
6. A continued need but a changing<br />
role for residential campuses, as<br />
they become the headquarters for<br />
global educational enterprises and<br />
the gathering places for academic rituals<br />
and tribal events.<br />
Globalized Learning<br />
Education is shrinking the world,<br />
and the world is shrinking the educational<br />
enterprise. On the one hand,<br />
universities in the United States,<br />
Australia, and Europe are increasingly<br />
enrolling students from other<br />
nations while also encouraging and<br />
enabling their students to study<br />
abroad. Many U.S. institutions are<br />
establishing partnerships with universities<br />
in other countries to offer<br />
U.S. degree programs in these countries.<br />
On the other hand, China is exporting<br />
the teaching of Chinese lan-<br />
Technology that supports higher<br />
education continues to evolve at a<br />
rapid rate. The once-valued library<br />
stacks and reading rooms full of<br />
printed periodicals are being replaced<br />
by semantic search engines,<br />
online book collections, and electronic<br />
journals.<br />
Technology will continue to transform<br />
teaching. Freshman math<br />
classes are already being replaced by<br />
computer-based math teaching labs<br />
on many campuses. Large lecture<br />
courses are being replaced by courses<br />
taught online. Small discussion-oriented<br />
courses are being replaced by<br />
online courses with live chat rooms<br />
or asynchronous discussion boards,<br />
taking advantage of social networking<br />
to turn learning into a cooperative<br />
activity.<br />
All of these changes support the<br />
ability of students to pursue their<br />
higher education from anywhere and<br />
at any time. Faculty are already putting<br />
class lectures onto small files for<br />
students to play on iPods and listen<br />
to while they go jogging.<br />
New technology for proctoring<br />
students’ online exams now allow<br />
students to take tests from any location<br />
under supervision. Online delivery<br />
already takes college courses to<br />
the smallest rural communities in<br />
America and to students around the<br />
world. This trend will continue and<br />
grow as young people growing up in<br />
the homeschooling movement move<br />
directly into college programs without<br />
setting foot on a campus. Online<br />
courses are also providing new acguage<br />
and culture through the<br />
establishment of Confucius Institutes<br />
at universities all around the world<br />
and increasing the quality and quantity<br />
of tertiary institutions at a rapid<br />
pace.<br />
Higher education institutions in<br />
South America are seeking accreditation<br />
with U.S. regional accrediting<br />
bodies. Many postsecondary institutions<br />
state that preparing their students<br />
for living in a global society is<br />
a key part of their educational mission.<br />
This growing emphasis on<br />
global interaction provides much of<br />
the pressure for the second major<br />
trend, harmonization.<br />
Harmonizing International<br />
Educational Standards<br />
In the increasingly global economy,<br />
multinational entities such as corporations<br />
and nongovernmental organizations<br />
demand more standardization<br />
in higher education’s structure<br />
and content. Corporations are already<br />
actively guiding efforts to<br />
standardize the content of curricula<br />
in key fields such as engineering and<br />
business, exerting influence on specialized<br />
accrediting agencies whose<br />
approval colleges and universities<br />
must have for credibility.<br />
The disparities in educational<br />
structure among different nations<br />
and regions is constantly creating<br />
headaches: There is no international<br />
standard for a baccalaureate or a<br />
master’s degree, for instance, and<br />
there is also wide variation among<br />
nations in quality assurance of academic<br />
programs, faculty credentials,<br />
and educational support services.<br />
These discrepancies create problems<br />
for students as they move internationally<br />
to obtain a global education,<br />
as well as for employers in assuring<br />
their workforce is properly prepared.<br />
Despite the barriers, the pressure<br />
for harmonization mounts. It is only<br />
a matter of time before governments<br />
and multinational entities begin to<br />
establish alliances that will impose<br />
global standards in terms of structure<br />
and definitions, if the higher education<br />
community does not work<br />
this out for itself. Colleges and universities<br />
are being challenged to reexamine<br />
their historical approaches<br />
and enter into discussions that create<br />
a great amount of discomfort and<br />
discord within the complex perspectives<br />
of different academic disciplines.<br />
Efforts such as the Bologna<br />
Process in Europe (implementing<br />
comparable degrees, credit systems,<br />
and other standards) are a harbinger<br />
of what is to come globally.<br />
The drive to harmonize can also be<br />
seen in assessment of student learning,<br />
where objective evidence of student<br />
learning based on standardized<br />
examinations will become the global<br />
norm, rather than the subjective<br />
evaluations of faculty using hundreds<br />
of different assessment methods.<br />
Technology’s Impacts on<br />
Teaching and Learning<br />
58 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
COURTESY OF THE AUTHOR<br />
The electronic proctor: Remote Proctor<br />
device is widely used in Troy<br />
University (Alabama) eCampuses in<br />
place of a human test proctor. A<br />
camera with 360-degree video image<br />
range is connected to the student<br />
test-taker’s computer and verifies his<br />
or her identity through fingerprint<br />
identification.<br />
COURTESY OF THE AUTHOR, USED WITH PERMISSION OF ZHAO WUJUN<br />
Zhao Wujun, a student from Xian, China, demonstrates Tai Chi at a program sponsored by the<br />
Confucius Institute in Troy, Alabama, one of several such institutes established around the<br />
world by China to help export its culture and language.<br />
PHOTO © 2008 MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY BOARD OF TRUSTEES<br />
Classroom at Michigan State University<br />
integrates multimedia technology with<br />
face-to-face learning.
OPEN YALE COURSES, HTTP://OYC.YALE.EDU/<br />
financing benefits after their service<br />
is complete. Such a movement would<br />
accelerate the trend toward an older<br />
student body and would significantly<br />
disrupt the current model for<br />
residential campuses. As the student<br />
population continues to change, metrics<br />
that are primarily based on the<br />
assumption of a full-time 18- to<br />
22-year-old student population that<br />
are used to evaluate tertiary institutions,<br />
such as the U.S. News and<br />
World Report rankings, will become<br />
increasingly misleading.<br />
From Roman Architecture to Freshman Organic Chemistry, more postsecondary<br />
courses are being offered on sites like Open Yale, with content available on YouTube<br />
and iTunes.<br />
cess for students with disabilities<br />
and for students who want to complete<br />
an undergraduate or graduate<br />
degree while serving in the military.<br />
“Going to college” no longer<br />
means going to a particular place for<br />
a particular number of years. It increasingly<br />
means engaging in a<br />
structured approach to higher education<br />
in whatever physical environment<br />
is most suitable for the learner.<br />
The Changing Demography<br />
Of College Populations<br />
While most people envision the<br />
traditional 18- to 22-year-old when<br />
they hear the term “college student,”<br />
that image no longer reflects the actual<br />
demographics of college students.<br />
In the United States, the college<br />
student body increasingly<br />
comprises working adults.<br />
Fewer and fewer young people<br />
and their families will have the economic<br />
capacity, or the willingness to<br />
assume large amounts of debt, required<br />
for full-time college study,<br />
unless supported by academic scholarships.<br />
Instead, they will opt for<br />
part-time study, combining community<br />
college and online university<br />
courses to complete most degrees.<br />
The exceptions will be in the performing<br />
arts, sciences, and engineer-<br />
New Roles for Educators<br />
The faculty have always been the<br />
core of the college or university, but<br />
their role is rapidly changing. The<br />
full-time faculty of the future will reflect<br />
current trends in three ways.<br />
First, full-time faculty will increasingly<br />
serve as the guardians of a<br />
body of knowledge in their discipline.<br />
They will engage in the international<br />
discussion about the content<br />
and equivalence of academic courses<br />
and programs, working with other<br />
practitioners in their field through<br />
the auspices of specialized accrediting<br />
bodies.<br />
<strong>Second</strong>, full-time faculty will continue<br />
to devote more of their time to<br />
conducting research and publishing<br />
or performing in their field. They<br />
will thus contribute to the body of<br />
knowledge in their field and reing<br />
fields, which will continue to require<br />
significant amounts of time for<br />
laboratory work or performance that<br />
cannot yet be done online. But even<br />
in these areas, there will be technical<br />
innovations that will open up new<br />
possibilities for students to study<br />
online.<br />
A movement toward national service<br />
could further accelerate this<br />
trend, as young people would work<br />
first and then use their education-<br />
University of Washington has<br />
created mobile-access applications<br />
for iPhone (center) and<br />
BlackBerry users, with access to<br />
courses, videos, news, campus<br />
maps, and other resources.<br />
UNIVERSITY OF WASHINGTON<br />
60 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
PHOTO © 2008 MICHIGAN STATE UNIVERSITY BOARD OF TRUSTEES<br />
Michigan State University marching band on parade. Even in the globalized, mobilized educational environment, there will be a compelling<br />
human need occasionally to join fellow students in the campus community, says author Dew.<br />
inforce their role as the critical evaluators<br />
of what constitutes that body<br />
of knowledge.<br />
Third, full-time faculty will spend<br />
more time as mentors, either in the<br />
face-to-face setting or online, as envisioned<br />
by Theobald and Scott. They<br />
will teach a combination of honors<br />
courses at the undergraduate level<br />
and mentor graduate students in advanced<br />
studies and learning to conduct<br />
research.<br />
Large institutions will continue to<br />
utilize graduate students for teaching<br />
undergraduates, but will also increasingly<br />
deploy adjunct faculty<br />
who are scholar-practitioners. The<br />
overall content of academic degree<br />
programs and the content of most<br />
courses will be guided by curriculum<br />
committees consisting of full-time<br />
faculty. These committees will ensure<br />
that programs and courses meet the<br />
international expectations required<br />
by accrediting agencies; this will ensure<br />
harmonization and compatibility<br />
of course content with the body<br />
of knowledge, enabling students to<br />
pursue their education globally.<br />
College Campuses and<br />
“Homecoming”<br />
Despite these trends, the residential<br />
college or university will con-<br />
tinue to exist, even though the enrollment<br />
on campus may become a<br />
shrinking percentage of an institution’s<br />
total enrolled population. Affluent<br />
parents will still value the opportunity<br />
to send their young<br />
student “off to college” as a reliable<br />
way to help them mature.<br />
Many academic programs in the<br />
performing arts, sciences, and engineering<br />
will still require study that is<br />
best accomplished on a campus,<br />
which will help keep residential halls<br />
occupied. Moreover, many institutions<br />
will use their residential campus<br />
as the organizational glue to<br />
hold the institution together (like a<br />
corporate headquarters) and as a<br />
place to gather a critical mass of fulltime<br />
faculty and administrators.<br />
The campus will be the home base<br />
for popular athletic programs that<br />
promote national visibility and tribal<br />
identity; as such, there may always<br />
be a need for “homecoming,” as<br />
campus provides a touchstone where<br />
students may come (often for the<br />
first time to set foot on the campus)<br />
to wear the school colors.<br />
Teg’s Children<br />
By now, Theobald and Scott’s<br />
character Teg would have had children<br />
of her own, and those children<br />
would most likely be headed for<br />
college by 2020. Unlike their fictional<br />
mother, this next generation<br />
of college students really will be living<br />
wherever they want and taking<br />
many (if not all) of their courses online.<br />
They will interact with other<br />
students from all around the planet<br />
and may even complete degrees that<br />
are accredited by international accrediting<br />
agencies, giving them even<br />
more maneuverability in the global<br />
workplace.<br />
Teg’s children—and their twentyfirst-century<br />
peers—truly will be the<br />
global, mobile learners that education<br />
futurists have envisioned. ❑<br />
About the Author<br />
John Dew is the associate<br />
vice chancellor for institutional<br />
research, planning,<br />
and effectiveness at Troy<br />
University. As a strategic<br />
planning facilitator, he<br />
worked with what eventually<br />
became Lockheed Martin Corporation for<br />
23 years. He also facilitated strategic planning<br />
at the University of Alabama, Louisiana<br />
State University Law School, the University<br />
of California–Bakersfield, and other highereducation<br />
institutions.<br />
His address is 231 Adams Administration<br />
Building, Troy University, Troy, Alabama<br />
36082. E-mail jrdew@troy.edu.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 61
By Evgeny Morozov<br />
Revolutions depend on people, not<br />
on social media, and the Internet<br />
both promotes democracy and<br />
thwarts it, says a foreign-policy<br />
scholar. Cyber-utopians be warned:<br />
Authoritarian regimes are adapting<br />
to the Internet age.<br />
62 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong><br />
The only place where the<br />
West is still unabashedly<br />
eager to promote democracy<br />
is in cyberspace. Enthusiastic<br />
belief in the libe<br />
r a t i n g p o w e r o f<br />
technology, accompanied<br />
by the ir resistible urge to<br />
enlist Silicon Valley start-ups in the<br />
global fight for freedom, is of growing<br />
appeal to many policy makers.<br />
In fact, many of them are as upbeat<br />
about the revolutionary potential of<br />
the Internet as their colleagues in the<br />
corporate sector were in the 1990s.<br />
We shouldn’t give the Internet too<br />
much credit, however, and we<br />
should probably give it credit for
some of the negative things that are<br />
happening. We shouldn’t be biased<br />
and just look at the brighter side. We<br />
should be more critical in thinking<br />
about its impacts.<br />
The idea that the Internet favors<br />
the oppressed rather than the oppressor<br />
is marred by what I call<br />
cyber-utopianism: a naïve belief in<br />
the emancipatory nature of online<br />
communication that rests on a stubborn<br />
refusal to acknowledge its<br />
downside.<br />
Cyber-utopians ambitiously set<br />
out to build a new and improved<br />
United Nations, only to end up with<br />
a digital Cirque du Soleil. Failing to<br />
anticipate how authoritarian governments<br />
would respond to the Internet,<br />
cyber-utopians did not predict<br />
how useful the Internet would prove<br />
for propaganda purposes, how masterfully<br />
dictators would use it for<br />
surveillance, and how sophisticated<br />
modern forms of Internet censorship<br />
would become.<br />
Fidel Castro’s Twitter page has<br />
been around for a few years. But<br />
very few people in Cuba own computers,<br />
because the Cuban government<br />
restricted the sale of computers<br />
to its population, so most of them<br />
just don’t have the equipment to<br />
tweet. They don’t have Internet<br />
cafés. They do have a small blogging<br />
culture, a few bloggers who have to<br />
be very careful. The government<br />
modified the restrictions on computers<br />
only a short while ago, so I<br />
wouldn’t expect Facebook or Twitter<br />
to matter much in Cuba in the next<br />
five to ten years.<br />
Take a closer look at the blogospheres<br />
in almost any authoritarian<br />
regime, and you are likely to discover<br />
that they are teeming with nationalism<br />
and xenophobia. Things<br />
don’t look particularly bright for the<br />
kind of flawless democratization<br />
that some expect from the Internet’s<br />
arrival.<br />
Likewise, bloggers uncovering<br />
and publicizing corruption in local<br />
governments could be—and are—<br />
easily coopted by higher-ranking<br />
politicians and made part of the anticorruption<br />
campaign. The overall<br />
impact on the strength of the regime<br />
in this case is hard to determine; the<br />
bloggers may be diminishing the<br />
power of local authorities but boost-<br />
ing the power of the federal government.<br />
Authoritarian regimes in Central<br />
Asia, for example, have been<br />
actively promoting a host of e-government<br />
initiatives.<br />
Normally a regime that fights its<br />
own corruption has more legitimacy<br />
with its own people. From that perspective,<br />
I wouldn’t go so far as to<br />
say that the Internet is making the<br />
government more accountable, but I<br />
would say that it is making local officials<br />
more responsible.<br />
The government may be eliminating<br />
corruption in the provinces,<br />
making the people happier, but that<br />
doesn’t mean that they’re eliminating<br />
corruption at the top. So the distribution<br />
of corruption might be<br />
changing. But I do think government<br />
might use the Internet to solicit more<br />
citizen input. That won’t undermine<br />
the government. It will bolster its legitimacy.<br />
It’s not paradoxical. The fact that<br />
the government is soliciting their<br />
opinions does not mean that the<br />
government is listening to them. It<br />
wants to give the people the impression<br />
that it is listening to them. In<br />
some sense, it creates a semblance of<br />
democratic institutions. It’s all about<br />
creating a veneer of legitimacy.<br />
The Internet’s Role in<br />
Middle Eastern Revolutions<br />
Digital activists in the Middle East<br />
can boast quite a few accomplishments,<br />
particularly when it comes to<br />
documenting police brutality, but I<br />
don’t think the Internet will play<br />
much of a role in Middle Eastern<br />
democratic revolutions compared<br />
with other factors. The things to<br />
watch for are how the new leaders<br />
shape the new constitutions and<br />
how they deal with the elements of<br />
the previous regimes. All those<br />
things are far more important than<br />
what happens online. I wouldn’t bet<br />
that the Internet will be a great help.<br />
As for the extent to which these<br />
new regimes become democracies—<br />
it’s a wild guess for anyone, me included.<br />
They have a chance, but outcomes<br />
will depend upon many<br />
factors, including internal policies<br />
and external conflicts. I don’t buy<br />
into the cultural notion of Arabs not<br />
being ready for democracy. Democ-<br />
racy in the Middle East may succeed.<br />
But it will depend on how they work<br />
with the existing challenges.<br />
The revolts were driven by people<br />
who had economic grievances and<br />
were politically oppressed. They<br />
turned to the Internet to publicize<br />
their grievances and their resistance.<br />
The fact that new media and blogs<br />
were present probably set a different<br />
tempo to the revolts. If the Internet<br />
were not around, the regime might<br />
be tempted to crack down in a much<br />
more brutal way. The revolts themselves<br />
would be taking a different<br />
shape, and they may have happened<br />
three to six months later.<br />
It’s hypothetical to say how today’s<br />
democratic revolutions would<br />
have happened without the Internet,<br />
but revolutions throughout history<br />
are driven by cultural factors. The<br />
events probably would have happened<br />
differently and probably<br />
would have turned out differently.<br />
We have to entertain the possibility<br />
that these events could have been<br />
much more violent and taken much<br />
more time if they hadn’t had the<br />
publicity that they had thanks to the<br />
Internet.<br />
But ultimately, a regime’s response<br />
to a revolt depends on the regime,<br />
not on the Internet. Just because<br />
people can tweet and blog doesn’t<br />
stop the Libyan government from instituting<br />
a violent crackdown.<br />
In all, it’s hard to generalize based<br />
on the future of the Internet. We<br />
don’t have a one-size-fits-all approach<br />
to every country. We adapt<br />
our policies for each country. That’s<br />
how foreign policy works. But with<br />
the Internet, we have a tendency to<br />
generalize that this must be how it<br />
works everywhere, and that isn’t the<br />
case.<br />
How Russia Handles the<br />
Internet and Activism<br />
While civic activism—raising<br />
money for sick children and campaigning<br />
to curb police corruption—<br />
is highly visible on the Russian Internet,<br />
it’s still entertainment and<br />
social media that dominate. In this<br />
respect, Russia hardly differs from<br />
the United States or countries in<br />
western Europe. The most popular<br />
Internet searches on Russian search<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 63
engines are not for “What is Democracy?”<br />
or “how to protect human<br />
rights,” but for “What is love?” and<br />
“how to lose weight.”<br />
The Kremlin supports, directly or<br />
indirectly, a host of sites about politics,<br />
which are usually quick to denounce<br />
the opposition and welcome<br />
every government initiative, but increasingly<br />
branches out into apolitical<br />
entertainment. From the government’s<br />
perspective, it’s far better to<br />
keep young Russians away from<br />
politics altogether, having them consume<br />
funny videos on Russia’s own<br />
version of YouTube, RuTube (owned<br />
by Gazprom, the country’s stateowned<br />
energy behemoth), or on<br />
Russia.ru, where they might be exposed<br />
to a rare ideological message<br />
as well.<br />
Many Russians are happy to comply,<br />
not least because of the high<br />
quality of such online distractions.<br />
The Russian authorities may be on to<br />
something here: The most effective<br />
system of Internet control is not the<br />
one that has the most sophisticated<br />
and draconian censorship, but the<br />
one that has no need for censorship<br />
whatsoever.<br />
I don’t think there is anything<br />
unique about Russia per se. It’s just<br />
that the government is smarter than<br />
the Egyptian government was about<br />
how to use the Internet. The Egyptian<br />
government didn’t do anything<br />
online. It didn’t engage in propaganda,<br />
deploy bloggers, or launch<br />
cyberattacks. They missed the train.<br />
I think the difference is that the<br />
people who built up the Russian Internet<br />
ended up working for the<br />
government. The Egyptian government’s<br />
approach to the Internet was<br />
very shallow, and it had to pay the<br />
price, eventually.<br />
Giving everyone a blog will not by<br />
itself increase the health of modernday<br />
democracy; in fact, the possible<br />
side effects—the disappearance of<br />
watchdogs, the end of serendipitous<br />
news discovery, the further polarization<br />
of society—may not be the price<br />
worth paying for the still unclear<br />
virtues of the blogging revolution.<br />
This does not mean, of course, that a<br />
smart set of policies—implemented<br />
by the government or private actors—won’t<br />
help to address those<br />
problems.<br />
The Net Delusion: The Dark Side of<br />
Internet Freedom by Evgeny Morozov.<br />
PublicAffairs. 2011. 408 pages. $27.95.<br />
Revolutions Require Training<br />
And Organization<br />
The people who were instrumental<br />
in making the Egyptian revolution<br />
happen weren’t new to politics.<br />
Almost all of them were part of existing<br />
political and social forces.<br />
They had had plenty of training and<br />
organization by various Western<br />
foundations and governments. I<br />
In 2009, reports that dissidents<br />
in Iran were using Twitter<br />
prompted many Western<br />
commentators to proclaim<br />
that social media was fomenting<br />
a democratic Iranian revolution—only<br />
to be disappointed<br />
when the “revolution”<br />
fizzled and died.<br />
New America Foundation<br />
fellow Evgeny Morozov<br />
attributes the<br />
commentators’ misplaced<br />
hopes to cyber -<br />
utopianism, a wides<br />
p re a d b u t n a ï v e<br />
expectation that the<br />
Internet will empower<br />
oppressed<br />
peoples and advance<br />
democracy.<br />
According to Morozov, cyberutopians<br />
failed to anticipate that<br />
authoritarian regimes would also<br />
benefit from the Internet. In fact,<br />
such police states as Belarus and<br />
Iran pay bloggers to spread<br />
prop aganda and frequent socialnetworking<br />
sites to monitor dissidents.<br />
Other states, such as<br />
Russia, disseminate crass entertainment<br />
through video-sharing<br />
sites to distract viewers from social<br />
and political issues.<br />
Morozov debunks many<br />
widely held assumptions about<br />
how politically repressive states<br />
and their opposition both work.<br />
He follows with advice for democratic<br />
lawmakers who want to<br />
help the dissidents.<br />
Pro-democracy<br />
lawmakers must<br />
engage with the<br />
Internet, he says,<br />
but they must observe<br />
how it imp<br />
a c t s d i f f e r e n t<br />
countries in different<br />
w a y s a n d s h a p e<br />
their policies accordingly:<br />
What works in<br />
Tunisia might not<br />
work in Burma. Also,<br />
they must never treat<br />
Web-based platforms<br />
as substitutes for diligent, committed<br />
human activists who mobilize<br />
people to action in real life.<br />
The Net Delusion is a sobering<br />
assessment on the limits of Internet<br />
activism. It has practical advice<br />
for policy makers and nonprofit<br />
activists across the globe.<br />
—Rick Docksai<br />
don’t think the view of this as being<br />
a spontaneous revolution was true. I<br />
myself have been to several democracy<br />
workshops in Egypt. I wouldn’t<br />
necessarily view these people as<br />
atomized individuals. They have<br />
been trained offline.<br />
But of course, you wouldn’t have<br />
heard as much about it. Who’s paying<br />
for those workshops? It’s the<br />
U.S. government and U.S. founda-<br />
64 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
Web users fill the seats at an Internet café in Chengdou, China.<br />
Despite the hopes of some democracy activists, the profusion of the<br />
Internet in China has so far not undermined China’s authoritarian<br />
political system. As New America Foundation scholar Evgeny<br />
Morozov argues, authoritarian regimes around the world are adapting<br />
to—and sometimes prospering from—the spread of digital media.<br />
tions. In this sense, Facebook and<br />
Twitter are much better covers, because<br />
the uprisings they enabled appeared<br />
to be spontaneous. It would be<br />
very misleading to suggest that all the<br />
connections forged by these activists<br />
are virtual. Revolution is much more<br />
about building human networks.<br />
In 1996, when a group of high-profile<br />
digerati took to the pages of<br />
Wired magazine and proclaimed that<br />
the “public square of the past” was<br />
being replaced by the Internet, a<br />
technology that “enables average citizens<br />
to participate in national discourse,<br />
publish a newspaper, distribute<br />
an electronic pamphlet to the<br />
world … while simultaneously protecting<br />
their privacy,” many historians<br />
must have giggled.<br />
From the railways, which Karl<br />
Marx believed would dissolve<br />
India’s caste system, to television,<br />
that greatest “liberator” of the<br />
masses, there has hardly appeared a<br />
technology that wasn’t praised for<br />
its ability to raise the level of public<br />
debate, introduce more transparency<br />
into politics, reduce nationalism, and<br />
transport us to the mythical global<br />
village.<br />
In virtually all cases, such high<br />
hopes were crushed by the brutal<br />
forces of politics, culture, and economics.<br />
Technologies tend to overpromise<br />
and underdeliver, as least<br />
on their initial promises.<br />
Which of the forces unleashed by<br />
the Web will prevail in a particular<br />
social and political<br />
context is impossible<br />
to tell<br />
without first getting<br />
a thorough<br />
theoretical understanding<br />
of<br />
t h a t c o n t e x t .<br />
Likewise, it is<br />
naïve to believe<br />
that such a sophisticated<br />
and<br />
m u l t i p u r p o s e<br />
technology as<br />
t h e I n t e r n e t<br />
could produce<br />
identical outcomes—whether<br />
good or bad—in<br />
countries as diverse<br />
as Belarus,<br />
Burma, Kazakhstan,<br />
and Tunisia. There is so much diversity<br />
across authoritarian regimes.<br />
I wouldn’t have much hope in the<br />
Internet in North Korea. First, it’s a<br />
country with some of the fewest Internet<br />
connections in the world. And<br />
second, average North Koreans have<br />
been brainwashed to such an extent<br />
that you have serious psychological<br />
challenges that you can’t overcome<br />
just by using blogs and Twitter. It<br />
would be much harder than for a<br />
country like Belarus, for example,<br />
where one-third of the country is online.<br />
Mobile phones might play a<br />
role in getting more information out.<br />
But it’s unlikely that Facebook or<br />
Twitter will play much of a role.<br />
Policy makers need to abandon<br />
both cyber-utopianism and Internetcentrism,<br />
if only for the lack of accomplishment.<br />
What would take<br />
their place? What would an alternative,<br />
more down-to-earth approach<br />
to policy making in the digital age—<br />
let’s call it cyber-realism—look like?<br />
Cyber-realists would struggle to<br />
find space for the Internet in existing<br />
pillars. Instead of asking the highly<br />
general, abstract, and timeless question<br />
of “How do we think the Internet<br />
changes closed societies?,” they<br />
would ask “How do we think the Internet<br />
is affecting our existing policies<br />
on country X?” Instead of operating<br />
in the realm of the utopian and<br />
the ahistorical, impervious to the<br />
ways in which developments in domestic<br />
and foreign policies intersect,<br />
© PIERO CRUCIATTI / DREAMSTIME.COM<br />
cyber-realists would be constantly<br />
searching for highly sensitive points<br />
of interaction between the two.<br />
They wouldn’t label all Internet<br />
activism as either useful or harmful.<br />
Instead, they would evaluate the desirability<br />
of promoting such activism<br />
in accordance with their existing policy<br />
objectives.<br />
Cyber-realists wouldn’t search for<br />
technological solutions to problems<br />
that are political in nature, and they<br />
wouldn’t pretend that such solutions<br />
are even possible. Nor would cyberrealists<br />
search for a bullet that could<br />
destroy authoritarianism—or even<br />
the next-to-silver bullet, for the utopian<br />
dreams that such a bullet can<br />
even exist would have no place in<br />
their conception of politics.<br />
Instead, cyber-realists would focus<br />
on optimizing their own decisionmaking<br />
and learning processes, hoping<br />
that the right mix of bureaucratic<br />
checks and balances, combined with<br />
the appropriate incentives structure,<br />
would identify wicked problems before<br />
they are misdiagnosed as tame<br />
ones, as well as reveal how a particular<br />
solution to an Internet problem<br />
might disrupt solutions to other,<br />
non-Internet problems.<br />
Most important, cyber-realists<br />
would accept that the Internet is<br />
poised to produce different policy<br />
outcomes in different environments<br />
and that a policy maker’s chief objective<br />
is not to produce a thorough<br />
philosophical account of the Internet’s<br />
impacts on society at large, but,<br />
rather, to make the Internet an ally in<br />
achieving specific policy objectives.<br />
For them, the promotion of democracy<br />
would be too important an activity<br />
to run it out of a Silicon Valley<br />
lab.<br />
❑<br />
About the Author<br />
Evgeny Morozov is a contributing<br />
editor to Foreign<br />
Policy, visiting scholar at<br />
Stanford University, a<br />
Schwartz fellow at the New<br />
America Foundation, and the<br />
author of The Net Delusion:<br />
The Dark Side of Internet Freedom (Public<br />
Affairs, 2011). E-mail evgeny.morozov@<br />
gmail.com.<br />
This article draws from his book as well<br />
as an interview with staff editor Rick<br />
Docksai, which may be read at wfs.org.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 65
By Joergen Oerstroem Moeller<br />
Asia<br />
Redraws<br />
the Map of<br />
Progress<br />
DUNCAN WALKER / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
Balance of economic, if not political, power<br />
is shifting from West to East. A diplomat and<br />
scholar argues that, if Asia is to rise to the<br />
challenges that this power shift will bring,<br />
it must not emulate the more destructive,<br />
materialistic values of industrialized society.<br />
Over the last 30 years, unique opportunities<br />
for high and persistent<br />
economic growth have blessed Asia,<br />
and policy makers grabbed them<br />
with both hands. Global growth was<br />
high, commodity prices were low,<br />
and a growing labor force turned<br />
China into the world’s top manufacturer.<br />
Meanwhile, there was not<br />
much pressure to heed environmental<br />
warnings. The policy challenge<br />
for Asia’s political leaders was primarily<br />
to manage economic growth.<br />
All that is changing. Global growth<br />
is slowing, commodity prices are expected<br />
to continue rising, and oil<br />
supplies are declining. Alternative<br />
energy sources are available—but for<br />
a price. Starting in 2015, the labor<br />
force will shrink in China while it<br />
continues to rise in South Asia. Environmental<br />
problems demand far<br />
more resources, and the United<br />
States can no longer be counted on<br />
as a stabilizing power. Indeed, there<br />
is a risk of Chinese–American tensions<br />
catapulting the Pacific trade<br />
and growth engine into trouble. So<br />
creating the conditions for economic<br />
growth becomes a policy challenge—<br />
and it’s a whole new situation.<br />
Asia cannot do without economic<br />
growth. Over the preceding decades,<br />
a large part of the population has become<br />
accustomed to an almost permanently<br />
rising living standard, considered<br />
to be a kind of prescriptive<br />
right. Many political regimes find<br />
that their legitimacy in the eyes of<br />
their people depends on constantly<br />
rising prosperity. But the demographic<br />
composition is changing,<br />
with more elderly people calling for<br />
more welfare, more pensions, and<br />
better health care. Large infrastructure<br />
investments are necessary, not<br />
the least in South Asia, which is destined<br />
to take over from China as the<br />
next home of low-cost, labor-intensive<br />
manufacturing. Meanwhile, investment<br />
in research and technology<br />
is becoming more costly as Asia<br />
moves from catching up with the<br />
West to searching for new breakthroughs—a<br />
more laborious and<br />
costly exercise than simply improving<br />
existing technology.<br />
The weaker fundamentals will<br />
force Asia to find a growth pattern<br />
66 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
other than the mass consumption of<br />
America and Europe, which, if pursued<br />
successfully, would result in an<br />
implosion of Asian societies as natural<br />
resources become unavailable.<br />
Mass consumption for a couple of<br />
hundred million people in the West<br />
cannot with a stroke be extended to<br />
between 1 and 2 billion people.<br />
Something has to give, and that<br />
something is the perception of economic<br />
growth, which makes people<br />
feel that their living standard is improving.<br />
For the last 200 years, the world<br />
has lived and lived well with what<br />
may be termed American-style capitalism,<br />
which hit full throttle in the<br />
twentieth century. It was a combination<br />
of economic and political elements<br />
that fit admirably well together.<br />
Adam Smith’s dictum that the<br />
pursuit of wealth by individuals coalesced<br />
into higher wealth for society<br />
as a whole, because society’s wealth<br />
is the accumulation of individuals’<br />
wealth, proved largely correct.<br />
Easy access to natural resources<br />
gave the impression that they were<br />
unlimited. Transport opened up for<br />
new markets, giving access to raw<br />
materials hitherto out of reach. Technology<br />
improved productivity, keeping<br />
inflation in check. Population<br />
growth boosted the economy. The<br />
nation-state served as the political<br />
framework and mechanism for distribution<br />
and as the administrative<br />
infrastructure for industrial growth.<br />
Asia accepted this worldview at<br />
the peak of its ascendancy during<br />
the second half of the twentieth century.<br />
The rise of Asian economies has<br />
depended primarily upon using this<br />
Western model as a guide to growth.<br />
Nothing is more striking than<br />
Asia’s jump into the global politicaleconomic<br />
system forged after 1945.<br />
This system was not truly global, but<br />
an institutional setup designed to<br />
further American preponderance<br />
and to secure American interests all<br />
over the globe. It worked because<br />
the American model was regarded<br />
as attractive and, in the eyes of a<br />
large majority, had proved itself. It is<br />
no wonder that a “Washington consensus”<br />
embracing an economic freemarket<br />
model like the American one<br />
was forged at the end of the twentieth<br />
century and adopted by the two<br />
leading global economic institutions,<br />
the International Monetary Fund<br />
and the World Bank.<br />
Now, as Asia gradually takes over<br />
as the global economic powerhouse,<br />
people are beginning to realize that<br />
this model was and is a Western<br />
one—suited to Europe and America,<br />
but not able to sustain global development.<br />
Asia has achieved as much<br />
as possible by emulating that model<br />
and borrowing from its principles.<br />
Now, however, awkward challenges<br />
not inscribed in the textbook of<br />
American-style capitalism must be<br />
tackled. In short, Asia must find and<br />
develop its own way ahead; it has to<br />
invent a new economic and societal<br />
model.<br />
Asian Demography and the<br />
New Economic Model<br />
Over the next 25 years, demographic<br />
factors will bring tremendous<br />
changes and challenges for the<br />
whole of Asia.<br />
First, three groups of countries<br />
emerge: (1) those with a falling population,<br />
consisting of Japan (still the<br />
world’s second-largest economy),<br />
South Korea, and a few others; (2)<br />
those nations with a stagnant and<br />
gradually falling population (notably<br />
China); and (3) those with a rising<br />
population, including India, Paki<br />
s t a n , B a n g l a d e s h , Vi e t n a m ,<br />
Indonesia, and the Philippines.<br />
Demographic divergence is not a<br />
recipe for stability. Economically, it<br />
almost certainly starts a transfer of<br />
labor-intensive, low-cost manufacturing<br />
from China to countries with<br />
a rising population requiring investment<br />
to equip and house new industries;<br />
China will experience a swing<br />
from low-cost to more value-added<br />
production, putting strains on the<br />
education system. On top of that,<br />
there is the sensitive question of<br />
whether skilled workers will be allowed<br />
to migrate among countries<br />
according to where they find the<br />
highest wages. If yes, productivity<br />
will go up; if not, productivity will<br />
be held back, and animosities of ethnic<br />
and/or religious character may<br />
pop up. The first omen of these<br />
problems will soon be seen, as the<br />
Chinese labor force starts to shrink<br />
in 2015 and the size of total popula-<br />
tion follows between 2025 and 2030.<br />
<strong>Second</strong>, the number of people in<br />
the age bracket above 65 years will<br />
rise markedly in China. The surging<br />
increase of the elderly, which has already<br />
happened in Japan, will put an<br />
enormous strain on society and will<br />
require services that are not embedded<br />
in the current societal system.<br />
Today, Chinese society presumes that<br />
the family takes care of the elderly.<br />
That arrangement worked well for a<br />
SINGAPORE SKYLINE BY BLUENEMO / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
“A large part of the<br />
population has become<br />
accustomed to an<br />
almost permanently<br />
rising living standard,<br />
considered to be a kind<br />
of prescriptive right.”<br />
long time, but now with the smaller<br />
core family and more singles, the<br />
younger generation is not willing to<br />
shoulder this burden. The fact that<br />
the savings rate in China continues<br />
to be well over 40% suggests that<br />
people expect to pay for social welfare<br />
themselves. The problem, however,<br />
runs deeper: People may be<br />
able to pay for the services, but the<br />
services have to be provided by<br />
somebody—the public sector or private<br />
institutions. Meeting this demand<br />
will require large investments<br />
in infrastructure and training of<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 67
CHINESE BUSINESSWOMAN BY ZHU DIFENG / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
“Asia must find and<br />
develop its own way<br />
ahead; it has to invent<br />
a new economic and<br />
societal model.”<br />
people to perform care functions. So<br />
far, these preparations have hardly<br />
started.<br />
Third, the difference in fertility<br />
among ethnic and religious groups<br />
will change the composition of Asia’s<br />
population. Twenty-five years from<br />
now, there will be fewer ethnic<br />
Chinese and more ethnic Indians and<br />
Malays. There will be more Muslims<br />
and Hindus, and a smaller share for<br />
religions and philosophies rooted in<br />
Chinese culture. The most significant<br />
development takes place for the<br />
share of Muslims. Globally, Muslims<br />
increased from 16.5% in 1980 to<br />
19.2% in 2000 and are forecast to be<br />
30% in 2025. As 69% of the world’s<br />
Muslims live in Asia, it is a certain<br />
conclusion that the share of Muslims<br />
will go up. The impact will be most<br />
visible in India, where 13.4% of the<br />
population currently adheres to Islam,<br />
but concentrated in the north of<br />
the country. It is conceivable that<br />
A tremendous effort has been put<br />
into universities, but with mixed results<br />
so far. The number of graduates<br />
rises fast, but doubts persist about<br />
the quality of their education.<br />
Asian countries have long sent a<br />
large number of students to the<br />
United States. These students used<br />
to opt for staying in America after<br />
graduation, but the pendulum is<br />
now swinging the other way. A majority<br />
of Chinese and Indian students<br />
in the United States now say they<br />
want to return home to pursue careers,<br />
according to several reports.<br />
The reason they give may be a barometer<br />
for the future of technology<br />
in Asia: Career prospects are judged<br />
to be better in their home countries<br />
than in the United States.<br />
Much will depend on how well<br />
Asian education systems cope with<br />
the challenge of matching future<br />
skills with future demand for those<br />
skills. The education system must<br />
work under the pressure of turning<br />
out students now with the skills necessary<br />
for the future.<br />
The system must anticipate what<br />
the economy needs tomorrow and<br />
adapt curricula before it happens.<br />
That means schools must offer training<br />
and skills not in demand now,<br />
but judged to be so in 10 or 20 years.<br />
That is very difficult, and the stakes<br />
are high. The U.S. experience shows<br />
heavy costs for failing to anticipate<br />
future skills needs: Productivity fails<br />
to reach its full potential, undermining<br />
competitiveness; meanwhile,<br />
people in possession of the soughtafter<br />
skills reap a premium, deepening<br />
social inequality. The combined<br />
result is an underperforming econsometime<br />
between now and 2040<br />
one or more of the Indian states will<br />
have a majority of Muslims and be<br />
governed by Muslims.<br />
This is not necessarily synonymous<br />
with problems, but if the<br />
emerging trend of religions holding<br />
stronger command over behavioral<br />
patterns remains in place, tensions<br />
among groups inside and between<br />
countries may intensify.<br />
Trends in Technology<br />
and Education<br />
Asia may be an economic powerhouse,<br />
but it is not yet a technological<br />
pathfinder. Admittedly, Asia excels<br />
at improving existing technology<br />
and has taken over much manufacturing,<br />
but so far very few inventions<br />
can trace their roots back to Asia.<br />
Having said this, there can be little<br />
doubt of Asia’s growing technological<br />
strength. The three top spenders<br />
on R&D are the United States, Japan,<br />
and China. China is publishing<br />
120,000 scientific articles annually, an<br />
achievement only surpassed by the<br />
United States, with 350,000. The<br />
strong upward trend in patents and<br />
scientific articles augurs a future<br />
leading position for China. Japan is<br />
filing the largest number of patents<br />
worldwide, but China’s filing rate is<br />
increasing explosively. Most of<br />
Japan’s patents are filed by companies<br />
that make them dormant unless they<br />
intend to use them—which often is<br />
not the case. Selling to competitors<br />
that may turn the patents into new<br />
products is simply not “on.” Many<br />
of the Chinese patents are held by a<br />
very limited number of companies,<br />
notably telecom giant Huawei, casting<br />
doubt over how widespread innovation<br />
and invention is.<br />
This raises a broader question of<br />
how well technology and innovation<br />
are embedded in Asian societies. To<br />
reap the benefit of the heavy outlays<br />
in R&D, a country must be geared to<br />
turn technological novelties into new<br />
products, refine them, achieve highquality<br />
goods, and finally set up organizations<br />
to market, sell, and deliver<br />
after-sales service. Here, almost<br />
all Asian countries seem to be behind<br />
the curve. Moving into high tech<br />
calls for a societal effort encompassing<br />
education, the financial sector,<br />
government services at both the local<br />
and national levels, protection of<br />
intellectual property rights, corporate<br />
governance, and a domestic<br />
market guaranteeing increasing returns<br />
to scale as a platform for global<br />
expansion. Many Asian countries<br />
have some of these assets, or soon<br />
will, but not the whole panoply;<br />
moreover, the true art of the game—<br />
to combine these assets based upon<br />
long experience—is yet to be acquired.<br />
Matching Education to<br />
National Needs<br />
68 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
omy and growing social problems.<br />
In countries with large and growing<br />
populations moving upward on<br />
the economic and technological ladder,<br />
the performance of the education<br />
system will be pivotal for stable<br />
and relatively harmonious growth.<br />
Otherwise, imbalances jeopardizing<br />
social harmony will result. An enormous<br />
number of dissatisfied people<br />
due to training with no economic<br />
value and an economy desperate for<br />
skilled workers and technological<br />
staff is a recipe for economic weakness<br />
and social unrest.<br />
Five Scarcities: Food,<br />
Commodities, Energy, Water,<br />
and a Clean Environment<br />
A common thread in analyses of<br />
the global economy is a focus on the<br />
need for higher personal consumption<br />
in China to replace U.S. consumption<br />
as the driver. This thinking<br />
may be correct in the short term, but<br />
it is catastrophic when looked at in a<br />
broader context.<br />
There is ample evidence for a<br />
forthcoming era of shortages in five<br />
vital areas governing economic activity:<br />
food, commodities, energy/<br />
oil, water, and clean environment.<br />
These resources are interrelated, and<br />
efforts to solve one problem with existing<br />
methods invariably lead to<br />
deepening problems for one or several<br />
of the other shortages.<br />
The Food and Agriculture Organization<br />
reports that global food production<br />
will need to increase by<br />
more than 40% in 2030 and by 70%<br />
in 2070. China, Japan, and Korea are<br />
net importers of food, and India is<br />
just above self-sufficiency. A number<br />
of geographical areas around the<br />
world have potential for higher food<br />
production, but few are found in<br />
Asia.<br />
China, India, Japan, and Korea all<br />
depend upon imports of commodities.<br />
Little can be done to change<br />
that, apart from investing in overseas<br />
mining, which reduces the economic—but<br />
not the political—uncertainty.<br />
Energy needs have pushed all major<br />
Asian economies into becoming<br />
heavy importers of oil, but oil is not<br />
the main source of energy—coal is.<br />
About 70% of China’s energy supply<br />
comes from coal, as does 55% of<br />
India’s. Relying on coal with existing<br />
technology aggravates the already<br />
dire environmental prospect, explaining<br />
why China is pouring billions<br />
of U.S. dollars into clean coal<br />
technology. However, forecasts indicate<br />
that China will continue to be<br />
the world’s largest emitter of carbon<br />
dioxide, and in 2015, India will have<br />
moved into the number-three position.<br />
Large parts of China and India are<br />
already in the grip of water shortages;<br />
the Chinese government is<br />
drawing up a financially ambitious<br />
(but environmentally dubious) plan<br />
of turning some of the country’s<br />
main rivers around to channel water<br />
toward the dry northern regions.<br />
Degradation of the environment is<br />
threatening continued economic expansion.<br />
The World Bank estimates<br />
that the costs to China of air and water<br />
pollution range up to 5.8% of<br />
gross domestic product—an enormous<br />
sum that swallows up about<br />
half of China’s economic growth.<br />
If prevailing forecasts turn out to<br />
be correct, global warming will aggravate<br />
these problems. Under a pessimistic<br />
scenario, the decades ahead<br />
will see declining agricultural output<br />
in all of China, all of South Asia, and<br />
most of Southeast Asia. Even if crops<br />
can be made to benefit from increased<br />
carbon dioxide, agricultural output<br />
will still decline in all of South Asia<br />
and most of Southeast Asia.<br />
Forces Threatening<br />
Asia’s Future<br />
Strategists have often pondered<br />
the prospect for war between two or<br />
three of the juggernauts—China,<br />
India, and Japan. In fact, however,<br />
none of them threatens another’s vital<br />
interest. The three nations may<br />
compete for influence and play the<br />
good old game of being a nuisance<br />
by seeking influence in each other’s<br />
backyard—as China is doing in<br />
Myanmar and Sri Lanka, much to<br />
the chagrin of India—but basically it<br />
stops there.<br />
Over the last few decades, the<br />
threats to nation-states have changed<br />
PATHATHAI CHUNGYAM / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
“Much will depend on how<br />
well the Asian education<br />
systems cope with the<br />
challenge of matching<br />
future skills with future<br />
demand for those skills.”<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 69
“Global food production<br />
will need to increase by<br />
more than 40% in 2030<br />
and by 70% in 2070.”<br />
completely. Threats emanate from<br />
non-nation-state players aspiring to<br />
delegitimize the political system.<br />
One vehicle for doing so is to undermine<br />
the government system’s ability<br />
to function, thereby opening a<br />
window of opportunity to establish<br />
control over populations and to impose<br />
a different societal model. This<br />
is the lesson from Iraq, Afghanistan,<br />
the Taliban, and al-Qaeda. Threats<br />
may also come from disruptive nation-states<br />
(rogue states), terrorists,<br />
and criminal organizations aiming to<br />
disrupt the functioning of global systems.<br />
The legitimacy of the political systems<br />
in China and India rests upon<br />
their ability to ensure rising living<br />
standards and human security. Political<br />
stability requires social stability,<br />
which requires adequate numbers of<br />
jobs, which requires economic<br />
growth, which requires a firm anchoring<br />
in economic globalization.<br />
So it is no coincidence that first<br />
China and then India have joined<br />
economic globalization and its institutions.<br />
There is much talk about China<br />
and its growing military muscle, but<br />
all indications are that China’s leaders<br />
worry more about domestic unrest<br />
than military aggression. Foreign<br />
powers enter this equation only as<br />
instigators of social unrest, which explains<br />
the Chinese sensitivity about<br />
the Dalai Lama, Tibet, Taiwan, the<br />
Uighur people, and the Falun Gong<br />
religious movement. India seems to<br />
be more relaxed, but behind the curtain<br />
the same kind of problems harass<br />
policy making: The Indian states<br />
go their own way, and terrorist<br />
groups of both political and religious<br />
nature cast doubt upon the state of<br />
human security.<br />
Political leaders do not see war as<br />
a continuation of politics by other<br />
means, but rather as the ultimate catastrophe<br />
throwing their nations into<br />
chaos and wiping out decades of<br />
hard work that gave their populations<br />
a better life. They do not harbor<br />
aggressive designs toward any other<br />
nation-states or see gain of territory<br />
as a reasonable objective. They have<br />
enough already on their plates. The<br />
Chinese perception of Taiwan is that<br />
it is part of China, and as long as this<br />
perception is not disturbed, things<br />
can go on as they have for years.<br />
Only one point may trigger an<br />
armed conflict, and that is a Chinese<br />
attempt to divert the water flowing<br />
from the glaciers in the Himalayas<br />
away from the Indian rivers to<br />
China. If China does this, India will<br />
see its survival under threat, legitimizing<br />
any action it takes to ensure<br />
that the water still flows to India.<br />
China is well aware of Indian concerns.<br />
Some observers see a future war<br />
between China and the United States<br />
as an almost certain result of the U.S.<br />
decline and Chinese ascension. This<br />
projection is based on the theory that<br />
no superpower has ever been replaced<br />
by another one without a war.<br />
That observation can be disputed,<br />
but suffice it to note that, if such a<br />
war erupts, the trigger will likely be<br />
declining interest in economic globalization.<br />
That cannot be ruled out,<br />
especially if the U.S. economic downturn<br />
continues and allows China’s<br />
economy to knock the United States<br />
SOUTHEAST ASIAN FARMER BY LEEUWTJE / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
off its perch. And even if the United<br />
States were to win a war, the costs<br />
would be tremendous and in a bestcase<br />
scenario only postpone the ultimate<br />
decline of American power.<br />
A New Paradigm for Growth<br />
We often take present social structures<br />
for granted and forget that the<br />
architecture of societies undergoes<br />
change all the time. The industrial<br />
model—with mass consumption as<br />
the economic driver, freely using raw<br />
materials, focusing upon the individual,<br />
and built on the nation-state—<br />
has been with us for 200 years, but is<br />
by no means an indispensable part<br />
of human civilization. The successor<br />
to the industrial model is in the<br />
wings, and we may not have to wait<br />
long for it to emerge.<br />
New trends may emerge and<br />
shape a new societal model. A more<br />
likely scenario, however, is a comeback<br />
for classic values that are embedded<br />
in traditional societies but<br />
have been lost in industrialized culture.<br />
Based on its cultural heritage,<br />
Asia is much closer to supporting<br />
such a reversal than the Western<br />
world, especially the United States.<br />
The Abrahamic religions (Judaism,<br />
Christianity, and Islam) tend to view<br />
nature as of secondary importance<br />
because God is regarded as above<br />
nature and God created man. So the<br />
exploitation of nature and its resources<br />
introduced by industrialization<br />
met no religious obstacles.<br />
Asia’s religions and philosophies<br />
take a different view. One of the key<br />
messages in Hinduism is the presence<br />
of God in everything. A river or<br />
70 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
FARM IN DONGCHUAN, CHINA, BY JIANG YAN / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
“The two crucial challenges to the current<br />
worldview—to change the pattern of materialistic<br />
consumption and switch from individualism to<br />
group behavior—find support more in traditional<br />
Asian values than in Western ones.”<br />
BONGEUNSA TEMPLE AND GANGNAM IN SEOUL, SOUTH KOREA, BY MIN-GYU SEONG / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
while the law and litigation are for<br />
non-civilized people—those who do<br />
not know or who reject common values.<br />
In Japan, the equivalent code is<br />
a mix of Buddhism and Shinto called<br />
syncretism.<br />
The two crucial challenges to the<br />
current worldview—to change the<br />
pattern of materialistic consumption<br />
and switch from individualism to<br />
group behavior—find support more<br />
in traditional Asian values than in<br />
Western ones.<br />
That Asia can and perhaps will<br />
find solutions to its problems by invoking<br />
traditional values may be<br />
countered by the fact that, so far,<br />
very little of this has been seen. Asia<br />
has happily jumped into the box of<br />
Western values, adopting them almost<br />
unchanged.<br />
However, there is little doubt that<br />
continued application of this model<br />
will lead Asia—and the world—into<br />
disaster. Arnold Toynbee taught that<br />
civilization is built upon “response<br />
to challenge.” To avoid a meltdown<br />
in the maelstrom of environmental<br />
degradation, social unrest, and competition<br />
for ever scarcer resources,<br />
Asia must respond. It is possible—<br />
maybe even plausible—that this response<br />
will take the form of reintroa<br />
tree can be holy. Buddhism does<br />
not set human beings above nature,<br />
as the Abrahamic religions do. Confucianism<br />
and Taoism teach that<br />
people are part of nature, and so human<br />
beings do not have the right to<br />
exploit nature.<br />
Both China and India have long<br />
been governed by the “rule of man”<br />
instead of the “rule of law.” By<br />
adopting a common set of values,<br />
people knew how to behave vis-à-vis<br />
others and did not rely on written<br />
texts such as laws or regulations.<br />
Values and ethics governed relations<br />
among citizens. Conflicts were rare,<br />
and most of those that surfaced were<br />
solved by mediation, such as by elders<br />
or highly esteemed individuals<br />
who could find common values in<br />
opposing views. Typically, there was<br />
no “winner,” but rather an attempt<br />
to resolve disputes in a way that all<br />
parties can live with.<br />
The Confucian Code of Rites (Liji)<br />
controls civilized behavior by laying<br />
down norms, ethics, and values. The<br />
law is only brought into the picture<br />
when dealing with people who do<br />
not respect shared values and therefore<br />
fall outside civilized behavior.<br />
Relations between civilized people<br />
are governed by ethics and values,<br />
ducing cultural values that have<br />
been dormant—but not forgotten—<br />
during Asia’s industrialization.<br />
What has not yet fully been understood<br />
is that the modern worldview<br />
is moving away from distribution of<br />
benefits—ingrained in the industrial<br />
model and mass consumption—to<br />
burden sharing imposed by increasing<br />
scarcities. The societies that find<br />
the key to doing this, minimizing<br />
friction among their citizens and<br />
with the rest of the world, will be the<br />
winners.<br />
❑<br />
About the Author<br />
Joergen Oerstroem Moeller<br />
is a visiting senior research<br />
fellow at the Institute of<br />
Southeast Asian Studies in<br />
Singapore, an adjunct professor<br />
at Singapore Management<br />
University and<br />
Copenhagen Business School, and a member<br />
of the World Future Society’s Global Advisory<br />
Council. He is a former Danish ambassador<br />
to Singapore, Brunei Darussalam,<br />
Australia, and New Zealand. Web site<br />
www.oerstroemmoeller.com; E-mail<br />
joergen@oerstroemmoeller.com.<br />
This article draws from his forthcoming<br />
book, How Asia Can Shape the World,<br />
which will set out in a more elaborate way<br />
the views expressed here.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 71
ÖZGÜR DONMAZ / ISTOCKPHOTO<br />
Strategies for Livi<br />
Advances in science and medicine<br />
promise to increase both the<br />
quality of human life and life expectancy.<br />
If the current research assaults<br />
on cancer and heart disease<br />
are successful, there would be a major<br />
impact on the lives and probable<br />
longevity of baby boomers, who will<br />
be in their 70s and 80s in 2025. A<br />
great many boomers could live very<br />
long lives, possibly fulfilling the prediction<br />
by antiaging physician Ron<br />
Klatz that more than half of baby<br />
boomers will live healthy lives beyond<br />
100.<br />
Increasingly, medical science is<br />
also providing crucial repairs and reconstructions,<br />
such as tissue, hip,<br />
and knee replacements, with organ<br />
replacements a promise for the<br />
future. These advancements offer individuals<br />
the ability to deal with<br />
conditions that would otherwise be<br />
confining or crippling.<br />
Beyond the research that is increasing<br />
life expectancy, science is<br />
also exploring ways to extend the<br />
human life span beyond 120 years.<br />
Research into telomeres and telomerase<br />
suggest that it may be possible to<br />
prevent the shortening of telomeres<br />
or possibly rejuvenate them. If successful,<br />
this could be one avenue toward<br />
increasing life spans. (A telomere<br />
is a region of the chromosome<br />
that protects it from deterioration.)<br />
There are broad implications for<br />
society as people live longer or much<br />
longer lives. The lengthening of life<br />
may be gradual or sudden. If both<br />
cancer and heart disease become<br />
“curable” by 2025, there could be a<br />
substantial leap in longevity. The impacts<br />
could be enormous. The U.S.<br />
Social Security system, for example,<br />
could be in serious trouble.<br />
On the other hand, boomers who<br />
realize that they may live to 100 and<br />
still be healthy could elect to stay in<br />
the workforce for an extra decade or<br />
more to build up their retirement<br />
plans and maintain their current incomes.<br />
Moreover, working seniors<br />
anticipating very long lives may<br />
postpone their withdrawals from Social<br />
Security in order to maximize<br />
their income when they do start collecting.<br />
So if the human life span is extended<br />
beyond 120 years, then immortality,<br />
or at least extremely long<br />
lives, must be considered. What will<br />
people do to keep life interesting,<br />
whether they live extra decades or<br />
extra centuries? If you were told that<br />
you could live to 110 in good health,<br />
how would that change your life?<br />
What would you do differently than<br />
you would if you expected your life<br />
to end in your 80s? Instead of only<br />
expecting several years of retirement,<br />
you’d be getting decades.<br />
Life at 140?<br />
Here is how to think about the<br />
“quality of life” as you grow older—<br />
much older. Will you be happy with<br />
your life in your 90s, or even your<br />
140s? What would provide a preferred<br />
quality of life, or happiness?<br />
Would simply being alive and<br />
healthy be sufficient?<br />
To start, we can divide our lives<br />
into six personal domains or categories,<br />
then project some of the major<br />
forces that will affect these domains<br />
in the future and outline personal<br />
strategies for addressing these forces<br />
and creating a positive outcome.<br />
These domains are:<br />
1. Activities.<br />
2. Finances.<br />
72 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
Personal futuring will get more complicated in the<br />
future. Try planning for your “old age” when you might<br />
live to 120—or longer! A futurist offers some tips.<br />
By Verne Wheelwright<br />
ng a Very Long Life<br />
3. Health.<br />
4. Housing.<br />
5. Social.<br />
6. Transportation.<br />
Within this format of personal domains<br />
we will explore some of the<br />
impacts and choices of a very long<br />
life for individuals, considering both<br />
positives and negatives in each domain.<br />
Activities: Keeping Busy<br />
As a Centenarian<br />
If you do live to be 100 or more,<br />
what will you be able to do, and<br />
what will you want to do?<br />
If people know they can live long,<br />
healthy lives, they may extend their<br />
present careers, plan for or choose<br />
multiple careers, do volunteer work,<br />
or stop working altogether. They<br />
may seek further education, whether<br />
in preparation for a new career, to<br />
upgrade their skills, or just for the<br />
learning experience. Others may<br />
turn a hobby into a new career. Some<br />
individuals may find that a career as<br />
a full-time or part-time caregiver for<br />
a spouse or parent(s) has become<br />
their new role.<br />
The decision to retire from work is<br />
more than a financial decision; it is a<br />
decision that affects every domain,<br />
although most obviously the activities<br />
domain. If you retire at 65, what<br />
will you be doing in your 80s, 90s, or<br />
possibly much longer? If you are 65<br />
now, you will only be 80 in 2025, and<br />
expectations are high that benefits<br />
from advances in treatment of heart<br />
disease and cancer will increase your<br />
life expectancy. Those advances may<br />
be sufficient to take you to 2040. By<br />
then, it is possible that the human<br />
life span may also be increased.<br />
• The Future: For those who want<br />
to work late into life, there may be<br />
challenges. Some careers—such as<br />
airline pilots, military personnel, police<br />
officers, and even teachers—have<br />
mandatory retirement rules or laws<br />
in place that limit the age of workers.<br />
Some countries have mandatory retirement<br />
ages, but worldwide, attitudes<br />
and rules are changing. By the<br />
time the baby boomers reach their<br />
80s, the barriers may be gone.<br />
Will you want to work full time,<br />
and if so, to what age? A recent<br />
article in BusinessWeek details the<br />
growth in demand for temporary<br />
and contract workers. This is an area<br />
that may prove attractive to older<br />
workers who have their own health<br />
insurance (Medicare in the United<br />
States) and wish to take breaks between<br />
employment assignments.<br />
“As healthy lifetimes extend beyond 100,<br />
people may cycle through multiple careers<br />
and continued education.”<br />
Discretionary time appears to be important<br />
to people, and the ability to<br />
take temporary leave, then return to<br />
the labor force from time to time,<br />
may appeal to older workers.<br />
Individuals who elect to stop<br />
working will have time to pursue<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 73
sports and hobbies, travel, and<br />
spend time with grandchildren or in<br />
their later years even great-great<br />
grandchildren. A current generation<br />
in retirement has found that technology<br />
has provided broad access to information,<br />
instant news updates, entertainment,<br />
easy communication<br />
worldwide, and lots of ways to fill<br />
time. Yet, a life filled with little more<br />
than television, reading, or e-mails<br />
can become unsatisfying or even<br />
boring.<br />
For many people who are aging in<br />
good health, this may be a time for<br />
adventure. That may include extensive<br />
travel, time in the wilderness,<br />
outdoor sports, or participating in<br />
events for which they have not had<br />
time during their working lives. Another<br />
option that older people are<br />
taking advantage of is education.<br />
Many are returning to school to take<br />
your leisure time. Therefore, learning<br />
opportunities and periods of formal<br />
or informal training may still be<br />
among your activities.<br />
Finances: Paying for<br />
The Future<br />
Finances—income, expenses, investments,<br />
insurance, credit cards,<br />
debt, taxes, and assets—is the domain<br />
that usually receives the greatest<br />
attention when people start planning<br />
for retirement and their future<br />
in later years. In large part, this is because<br />
your financial situation can either<br />
enhance or limit your options in<br />
all other domains. If you don’t have<br />
adequate income to cover your<br />
needs and your wants, your life will<br />
be restricted.<br />
Currently, even those who do have<br />
retirement savings may find that<br />
“One effective strategy is to learn, at any age,<br />
to live below your means.”<br />
advanced degrees to prepare for new<br />
careers or simply for the learning experience.<br />
As healthy lifetimes extend<br />
beyond 100, people may cycle<br />
through multiple careers and continued<br />
education. The increasing availability<br />
of college courses online and<br />
course materials from top-quality institutions<br />
may further the desire for<br />
higher and higher education.<br />
One thing favoring older people<br />
who want to continue working is the<br />
ability to work from anywhere.<br />
Computers, the Internet, smart<br />
phones, online software, conferencing,<br />
and a growing array of tools allow<br />
people to work successfully outside<br />
of traditional offices, because<br />
the tools can follow the worker.<br />
• Strategies: As you think about<br />
your own future and the possibilities<br />
of a very long life, consider what activities<br />
will keep you enthusiastic<br />
about life when you are 100 or even<br />
150. What would you like to be doing<br />
at those ages?<br />
Keep in mind that even staying<br />
up-to-speed with rapidly changing<br />
communications and entertainment<br />
technologies will demand much of<br />
what seemed enough for a lifetime<br />
20 years ago no longer yields sufficient<br />
income to pay all the bills. Income<br />
and assets may also be reduced<br />
upon the death of a spouse,<br />
and expenses can skyrocket with a<br />
serious illness.<br />
One major investment for most<br />
families is their home. In the past,<br />
people (and lenders) expected mortgages<br />
to be paid off before retirement,<br />
but attitudes appear to have<br />
changed, so some elders will be<br />
forced to continue working in order<br />
to meet their obligations. In 2007,<br />
about 68% of older homeowners<br />
owned their homes free and clear,<br />
according to the Administration on<br />
Aging, which suggests that nearly a<br />
third of older homeowners still carry<br />
a mortgage.<br />
• The Future: One important<br />
question every individual should answer<br />
is, “How long must I work before<br />
I can afford not to work for the<br />
rest of my life?” Once you know the<br />
answer to that question, you can<br />
then develop strategies that meet<br />
your financial needs and your preferred<br />
lifestyle.<br />
What will be the long-term source<br />
or sources of your income? What<br />
events could interrupt or reduce<br />
those sources? For example, many<br />
seniors have invested in certificates<br />
of deposit (CDs) because they were<br />
secure. The problem they discovered<br />
is that, when the economy falls, interest<br />
rates on CDs also fall, reducing<br />
income. Other investments, including<br />
stocks, bonds, commodities,<br />
currencies, and real estate, are also<br />
vulnerable to market changes.<br />
• Strategies: One effective strategy<br />
is to learn, at any age, to live below<br />
your means.<br />
Do not be too trusting. Older<br />
people are targets for fraud and<br />
scams.<br />
Decide who will manage your<br />
money, either as your adviser or as a<br />
representative if you are no longer<br />
able to manage. If you (or you and<br />
your spouse) are managing your<br />
money and investments now, could<br />
your spouse take over the responsibility<br />
for managing your finances<br />
very late in life? If not, who?<br />
Be extremely cautious about giving<br />
control over any of your assets to<br />
any one individual, no matter how<br />
close or competent that individual<br />
may appear. Multiple individuals, as<br />
in a trust, may be safer. A trust is a<br />
legal vehicle that can include several<br />
people who should be protecting<br />
your interest. An additional consideration<br />
is that a trust may exist for<br />
many decades, while individual advisers<br />
may not.<br />
Health: Staying Alive<br />
And Thriving<br />
Health encompasses your physical<br />
and mental health, including health<br />
care, nutrition, exercise, medications,<br />
and prevention of illness or injury.<br />
If you are sick or disabled, the<br />
overall quality of your life may be<br />
affected or limited. There are some<br />
health conditions that can be managed<br />
with regular medication. High<br />
blood pressure or enlarged prostate<br />
are examples of conditions that can<br />
affect the quality of your life, but can<br />
be controlled with regular treatment.<br />
Diabetes can generally be managed<br />
with monitoring and careful attention<br />
to diet.<br />
All of these conditions become<br />
74 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
“Your body and mind will still require<br />
maintenance and care to avoid illness<br />
and prevent deterioration.”<br />
more common as one gets older, so it<br />
is not unusual for people in their 70s<br />
and 80s to take multiple medications<br />
every day to control or manage their<br />
conditions. Yet, most of these people<br />
are able to enjoy high quality of life.<br />
• The Future: The big changes in<br />
medical science that are on the horizon<br />
will be largely related to cures<br />
and repairs, followed by maintenance.<br />
More types of cancer will be<br />
controlled or cured, adding many<br />
years of life for recovered patients.<br />
New treatments will replace chemotherapy<br />
and radiation, relieving patients<br />
of some of the severe effects of<br />
treatment and improving quality of<br />
life.<br />
Although medical science will<br />
probably reduce many of the risks of<br />
disease and death, science may not<br />
be able to stop the aging process in<br />
the foreseeable future. Your body<br />
and mind will still require maintenance<br />
and care to avoid illness and<br />
prevent deterioration.<br />
You should plan to work at keeping<br />
your body healthy and in good<br />
condition. The physical condition of<br />
your body when you are 50 or 60<br />
will provide the foundation for the<br />
rest of your life. If you enter your 60s<br />
in buoyant health and physical condition,<br />
you have a much better<br />
chance of retaining that condition<br />
into much later life. If you are already<br />
declining in health and physical<br />
condition at 60, you will have to<br />
work extra hard to get up to normal<br />
and to maintain good health.<br />
Alzheimer’s and other brain conditions<br />
or diseases appear directly<br />
associated with aging. Research is<br />
promising, but could take decades to<br />
find answers for some conditions. In<br />
the meantime, there appears to be<br />
considerable benefit in mental and<br />
physical exercise, as well as in maintaining<br />
multiple social relationships.<br />
• Strategies: Some powerful advice<br />
comes from James Rowe and<br />
Robert Kahn, authors of Successful<br />
Aging (Dell, 1998). They offer three<br />
Housing: Planning<br />
Where to Live<br />
Substantial numbers of people<br />
over 60 move to a different address.<br />
For many, this is simply downsizing<br />
from the family home, but for a great<br />
number, this is an opportunity to<br />
move to a new neighborhood, a<br />
warmer climate, get out of the city,<br />
or even move to a different country.<br />
Some become “snowbirds,” living in<br />
a northern climate part of the year<br />
and in a southern climate the rest of<br />
the year. As elders have aged, there<br />
has been a progression from homes<br />
to care facilities (or with relatives), to<br />
nursing homes, or to hospices.<br />
• The Future: Historically, about<br />
30% of noninstitutionalized elders<br />
live alone, and most of those are<br />
women. This statistic may change<br />
dramatically if life expectancy increases<br />
substantially in the future. A<br />
number of housing alternatives have<br />
come into existence over the past 50<br />
years: group homes, adult communities,<br />
retirement communities, continuing<br />
care retirement communities,<br />
and assisted living facilities, each offering<br />
advantages and alternatives.<br />
An increasingly popular option is receiving<br />
care at home.<br />
As people grow older, they may<br />
find themselves or their spouses in<br />
any of four different stages of life:<br />
• Independent.<br />
• Vulnerable (needs some help).<br />
• Dependent (requires care daily).<br />
• End of life (daily care or hospice<br />
care).<br />
Each of these four stages can take<br />
place in a family residence, but some<br />
preparation of the home is necessary;<br />
the last two stages often require a<br />
full-time caregiver. The alternative is<br />
a care facility, such as an assisted livspecific<br />
components of successful<br />
aging: avoid disease, engage with<br />
life, and maintain high cognitive and<br />
physical function.<br />
Nobody gets sick or injured on<br />
purpose, but a lot of people have<br />
health problems simply because they<br />
are not taking precautions to prevent<br />
those problems. Smoking and inhaling<br />
polluted air make people sick,<br />
but millions of people worldwide<br />
continue to smoke and breathe polluted<br />
air every year. Improper diet<br />
can cause diseases, including diabetes,<br />
but again, millions have the<br />
problem but have not changed their<br />
eating habits.<br />
Inoculations can prevent disease,<br />
regular screenings can detect disease,<br />
and simple hygiene can stop<br />
bacteria from gaining a foothold. So<br />
yes, it is possible to avoid many diseases,<br />
illnesses, or conditions by being<br />
aware of your health and taking<br />
reasonable precautions.<br />
Strive for early detection of any<br />
disease or condition with screenings<br />
and regular examinations.<br />
Exercise your brain and your body<br />
throughout your life. The human<br />
mind and the human body both<br />
seem to thrive on exercise. Diet is<br />
also very important in this area. Both<br />
the brain and the body need the<br />
right nutrients.<br />
You should also be aware of how<br />
to protect your mind and body, including<br />
your eyesight, hearing,<br />
joints, organs, and skin.<br />
If you become sick, suffer injury,<br />
or have surgery or other problems,<br />
get completely well as quickly as<br />
you can. Do the therapy. These are<br />
not times to waste energy on anger,<br />
self-pity, or pride, but times to focus<br />
all your energy on making as full a<br />
recovery as possible as quickly as<br />
possible. Why quickly? When you<br />
have a weakness in your body or<br />
mind, that weakness may make you<br />
vulnerable to some other illness or<br />
injury.<br />
When medications are prescribed,<br />
take them for as long as the doctor<br />
says to continue. If in doubt, ask.<br />
People have strokes, die, or suffer serious<br />
consequences from stopping<br />
medication inappropriately.<br />
Take advantage of medical technology<br />
whenever it is appropriate.<br />
Older people often suffer for years<br />
from problems that can be treated.<br />
Knee and hip replacements are examples<br />
of currently available remedies,<br />
and many more will be developed<br />
in the coming years.<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 75
ing or nursing home.<br />
• Strategies: What kind of housing<br />
would you prefer if either you or<br />
your spouse needs long-term care?<br />
Think in terms of your first three<br />
choices, because different conditions<br />
may require different solutions. Or<br />
you might approach the subject from<br />
the opposite direction: Which are the<br />
least-desirable choices for long-term<br />
care? Nursing homes should be considered<br />
if skilled care is required, so<br />
it is important to know what is available<br />
and what the differences are between<br />
nursing homes. The Medicare<br />
Web site (www.medicare.gov) offers<br />
Nursing Home Compare, which can<br />
give you valuable insights into comparing<br />
nursing homes, and also offers<br />
alternatives.<br />
Even before you make any kind of<br />
move, make your present home safe<br />
and easy to live in at all ages. Consider<br />
preparing your home for caregiving<br />
should it be necessary on a<br />
temporary basis or longer.<br />
You and your spouse will benefit<br />
by discussing, understanding, and<br />
writing down each other’s housing<br />
or care preferences for each potential<br />
future life stage.<br />
Social: Relationships<br />
Matter<br />
The Social realm covers your relationships<br />
with family, friends, acquaintances,<br />
co-workers, advisers,<br />
and other people.<br />
One of the first things that people<br />
notice when they retire from fulltime<br />
work is that they have lost their<br />
social “roles.” For years, they have<br />
been associated with a career, a company,<br />
and a position, and all of this is<br />
suddenly gone. Also for years, they<br />
have spent large amounts of time<br />
with co-workers, clients, and even<br />
competitors, many of whom they<br />
viewed as friends. Suddenly, the link<br />
is broken, and all those people are<br />
no longer a real part of one’s life.<br />
Some friendships will continue, but<br />
most will probably fade quickly.<br />
Roles may change in other ways as<br />
well, such as when one spouse becomes<br />
responsible for care for the<br />
other, or when a child becomes<br />
responsible for a parent.<br />
In many cases of role loss or change,<br />
people go through the equivalent of a<br />
grieving process (denial, anger, bargaining,<br />
depression, and acceptance).<br />
In the case of retirement, some will be<br />
relieved and ecstatic to be free. In either<br />
case, they eventually find new<br />
roles and go on with life.<br />
In earlier generations, older<br />
people who became widows (or<br />
widowers) or required care moved<br />
into their children’s homes. This still<br />
occurs, yet a significant number of<br />
older people indicate that they will<br />
seek other alternatives, as they do<br />
not want to burden their children.<br />
• The Future: Although there is<br />
an expectation that baby boomers<br />
may live very long lives, many<br />
people in the generations ahead of<br />
the boomers are already living very<br />
long lives. Some boomers may find<br />
themselves in their 80s and caring<br />
for parents who are centenarians.<br />
Who will be your family and your<br />
friends when you are in your 90s or<br />
older? A recent poll of 100 centenarians<br />
suggested that being close to<br />
family and friends was the most important<br />
factor in healthy aging.<br />
If your parents are boomers or<br />
younger, they may live past 100. If<br />
their health fails, will you participate<br />
in their care or management?<br />
As people live longer, they are<br />
likely to have larger extended families.<br />
At 100, you might have four or<br />
five generations of living descendants.<br />
Think about those numbers<br />
and assume approximately 20 years<br />
between generations. When you are<br />
100 or more, your children could be<br />
80, your grandchildren 60, your<br />
great grandchildren 40, your greatgreat<br />
grandchildren 20, and your<br />
great-great-great grandchildren infants.<br />
A person who lives to 150<br />
might be a great-great-great-greatgreat<br />
grandparent!<br />
As you grow older, friends and<br />
family members will die. One of the<br />
great concerns of many very old<br />
people at the present is that they<br />
have no friends. They have lost their<br />
social networks. This suggests that<br />
maintaining and continuing to build<br />
your social networks may be very<br />
important.<br />
Further, when people move to<br />
nursing homes or other institutional<br />
settings, it can become very difficult<br />
to maintain normal social relationships<br />
with friends. Suddenly your<br />
friends must always come to where<br />
you are, and under whatever rules or<br />
surroundings are imposed by the<br />
caregiving organization. If you are<br />
suffering from Alzheimer’s or are too<br />
sick to talk with visitors, this probably<br />
doesn’t matter. But if you are still<br />
healthy and able to socialize, you<br />
may be better off to explore other alternatives.<br />
That may involve remaining<br />
in your own home and receiving<br />
whatever assistance you need there,<br />
or moving to a facility that supports<br />
your efforts to maintain relationships<br />
with friends and family.<br />
Computers, the Internet, and networking<br />
have already changed how<br />
people socialize. Families that have<br />
spread apart over great physical distances<br />
are able to exchange e-mails<br />
frequently and talk together face to<br />
face on their computers with the aid<br />
of webcams and services such as<br />
Skype. It seems logical to expect that<br />
new services will be introduced that<br />
keep families, friends, and acquaintances<br />
in close contact, possibly with<br />
the aid of 3-D avatars or holographic<br />
“At 100, you might have four or five<br />
generations of living descendants.”<br />
images as technologies are enhanced<br />
and new approaches introduced.<br />
• Strategies: Make an effort to build<br />
and nurture relationships with family<br />
members and friends at every age level.<br />
Anticipate that individual roles<br />
will change, particularly upon retirement,<br />
but at other times as well.<br />
Become involved in organizations<br />
where you can contribute your time<br />
and your knowledge while interacting<br />
with other people.<br />
Participate in activities and organizations<br />
wherever you have an interest.<br />
There are several legal documents<br />
that every individual should consider.<br />
Preparing these documents<br />
76 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
“The future may usher in new alternatives<br />
for personal transportation, such as<br />
exoskeletons that can help you stand, walk,<br />
run, and perform other personal activities.”<br />
will assure that your interests are<br />
protected or met in the future:<br />
• Will.<br />
• Directive to physician (e.g.,<br />
“Do Not Resuscitate”).<br />
• Medical power of attorney.<br />
• Financial power of attorney.<br />
Transportation:<br />
Alternatives for Mobility<br />
Transportation encompasses all of<br />
your various mobility needs and the<br />
methods available, including walking,<br />
personal transport, and public<br />
transportation.<br />
In the United States, the automobile<br />
is probably the most important<br />
form of personal transportation.<br />
Consequently, a driver’s license can<br />
be very important to people of any<br />
age, including seniors who are often<br />
at risk of losing their driving privileges<br />
due to an age-related condition,<br />
such as poor vision. Older<br />
people have most of the same needs<br />
as the rest of the population. They<br />
must go to food markets, doctor appointments,<br />
pharmacies, and elsewhere<br />
to meet their needs.<br />
Some senior-living facilities offer<br />
transportation for their residents, an<br />
important service. Some communities<br />
provide door-to-door bus services,<br />
but other public transportation<br />
follows a fixed route or may not be<br />
manageable.<br />
Even more important than transportation<br />
as we usually think about<br />
it is mobility—i.e., the ability to get<br />
around in the most basic sense,<br />
walking. For individuals who are<br />
unable to walk, or are limited, there<br />
are options, including wheelchairs,<br />
scooters, or other aids to mobility.<br />
• The Future: The future may usher<br />
in new alternatives for personal<br />
transportation, such as exoskeletons<br />
that can help you stand, walk, run,<br />
and perform other personal activities.<br />
Wheelchair technology has already<br />
evolved into chairs that can<br />
climb stairs and raise the passenger<br />
to eye level to hold a more normal<br />
conversation; other innovative products<br />
will be introduced as well.<br />
Scooters and motorized wheelchairs<br />
have become common, enabling<br />
people who would otherwise be disabled<br />
to live independent lives.<br />
One of the exciting technologies<br />
on the horizon is intelligent or selfdriving<br />
cars. Driverless systems are<br />
being tested, largely as a result of the<br />
successes in the DARPA competitions,<br />
and are expected to be available<br />
to the public before 2020. This<br />
technology could fill a substantial<br />
need for older drivers, presuming<br />
that licensing requirements are adjusted<br />
to recognize driverless cars.<br />
• Strategies: Beyond automobiles,<br />
each individual or family must consider<br />
what their transportation<br />
needs will be in the future. Is it important<br />
to be near bike paths, a waterway,<br />
an airport, or a rail station?<br />
Try to anticipate your transportation<br />
and mobility needs about 10<br />
years in advance. Is your home suitable<br />
if you would need to use a<br />
walker or wheelchair? Is it near public<br />
transportation or car-sharing services?<br />
If you move to a new home,<br />
consider how you will meet your<br />
transportation needs if you can no<br />
longer drive or provide your own<br />
transportation.<br />
Conclusion: Preparing Your<br />
Personal Future<br />
Exploring these six domains<br />
within each individual’s life offers<br />
an opportunity to see life from different<br />
perspectives and at great<br />
depth. Most important, the domains<br />
provide platforms from which to explore<br />
the long-term future in detail.<br />
The discussion here should raise<br />
questions in each domain that readers<br />
can explore on their own.<br />
Overall, one valuable inference that<br />
can be drawn here is that people of<br />
any age who are in good health today<br />
should be prepared to live to be centenarians.<br />
Obviously, not everyone<br />
will reach 100, but the numbers are<br />
increasing. It appears worthwhile to<br />
develop a strategy or at least a contingency<br />
plan for living beyond 100.<br />
For the younger generations, say<br />
younger than 50, it is reasonable to<br />
expect that life spans will increase<br />
during your lifetime and that your<br />
“People of any age who are in good health<br />
today should be prepared to live to be<br />
centenarians.”<br />
potential for a very long life will rise<br />
dramatically.<br />
For all ages, an effective strategy is<br />
to create a personal strategic plan for<br />
the next 10 years of your life, then<br />
update it regularly. Beyond that, you<br />
can create a vision of your future at<br />
110, or, if you are under 50 now, a vision<br />
for life at 150.<br />
Then you will be prepared for<br />
whatever life brings.<br />
❏<br />
About the Author<br />
Verne Wheelwright is an internationally<br />
recognized professional<br />
in the field of Foresight<br />
and Futures Studies.<br />
He is the author of It’s YOUR<br />
Future … Make It A Good<br />
One! (2010) and The Personal<br />
Futures Workbook, which is available as<br />
a free download at www.personalfutures.net.<br />
This article draws from his chapter in the<br />
World Future Society’s 2010 conference<br />
volume, Strategies and Technologies for a<br />
Sustainable Future (WFS, 2010).<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 77
Building a Better<br />
Future for Haiti<br />
The former Haitian ambassador to the United States visited the<br />
offices of the World Future Society in January, seeking help for<br />
rebuilding his country. This remarkable meeting offered the<br />
Society the opportunity to outline the futuring process and to<br />
clarify what it can—and cannot—do.<br />
PHOTOS: KENDRA HELMER, USAID<br />
Rebuilding Haiti, both in towns and in rural areas, will require foresight and collaboration. Top: A worker moves plywood past a mural depicting<br />
transitional shelters. Bottom: Cabbage grows at USAID-funded facility to train farmers in sustainable water management.<br />
78 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>
Left to right: Raymond<br />
Alcide Joseph, Ambassador<br />
of Haiti to the United<br />
States (2004-2010);<br />
Timothy Mack, President,<br />
World Future Society;<br />
Emmanuel Henry, retired<br />
executive of Panasonic;<br />
Cynthia G. Wagner,<br />
Editor, THE FUTURIST;<br />
Paul Joseph, son of<br />
Ambassador Joseph, who<br />
works as a futurist, activist,<br />
and humanitarian.<br />
WORLD FUTURE SOCIETY<br />
At its small office in downtown Bethesda, Maryland, the World Future Society recently welcomed<br />
Raymond Joseph, the former Haitian ambassador to the United States. He was accompanied by<br />
his son, Paul Joseph—a futurist and activist—and Emmanuel Henry—a retired Panasonic executive.<br />
The goal of the meeting was to explore ways that futuring tools can help rebuild a nation.<br />
Joseph is an ambitious man. Not only does he want to save his own country, but he also wants<br />
Haiti to become a role model for other countries written off as “failed states” with no futures.<br />
As one of many would-be candidates in Haiti’s 2010 presidential election whose eligibility was<br />
revoked (allegedly because he had abandoned his duties as ambassador in order to make a bid<br />
for the presidency), Joseph conceded that his ambitions are political. The first thing his country<br />
needs, he said, is leadership based on trust.<br />
The Josephs and their compatriot Henry, who helped manage the “Friends of Raymond Joseph<br />
for President” campaign in 2010, spoke with Society President Timothy Mack and FUTURIST<br />
magazine editor Cynthia G. Wagner on January 13, one day after the first anniversary of Haiti’s<br />
devastating earthquake.<br />
The following is an edited transcript of the discussion that took place in our office.<br />
Raymond Joseph: I was in Washington<br />
at the time [when the earthquake<br />
struck Haiti on January 12,<br />
2010]. The [Haitian] leadership was<br />
absent, they were not to be seen anywhere,<br />
so all of a sudden I became<br />
the face of Haiti for the world. And I<br />
had to make the first decisions in the<br />
first 48 hours, to get help to the<br />
country.<br />
Based on that, quite a few of my<br />
friends, both Haitian and foreign,<br />
came to me and said, “You know<br />
what? We need new leadership in<br />
Haiti. You should consider the president’s<br />
candidacy,” which I did. And<br />
for no reason at all, they disqualified<br />
me.<br />
Mack: Let me speak frankly to<br />
you. I believe they felt they had lots<br />
of reasons, because you posed a<br />
threat. You were too well known and<br />
too popular.<br />
Raymond Joseph: Yes, because of<br />
that I was a threat. Yesterday I wrote<br />
a piece in The Wall Street Journal, and<br />
in there I say what needs to be done<br />
if we’re going to get Haiti back on<br />
track. And what I said should be<br />
done is for the president who’s there<br />
now, whose term ends February 7th,<br />
to exit on February 7th with his team<br />
and not try to hang on as he wants to<br />
until May 14th. Because in three<br />
more months, he will not be able to<br />
accomplish what he could not do in<br />
five years.<br />
I was quite forceful in that and<br />
quite forceful last night again, repeating<br />
it. Now, what I seek in<br />
[terms of] government for Haiti is a<br />
large coalition, and that’s what I’m<br />
working for, that’s why I stayed in<br />
the country after they disqualified<br />
me. They thought I was going to go<br />
back abroad. I did not do that.<br />
I feel that we need to look at ways<br />
of changing Haiti. And to do that,<br />
we have to change the leadership.<br />
That’s what I’m working on.<br />
But besides changing the leadership<br />
of Haiti, people know that I<br />
have some ideas for the future. One<br />
of the ideas I have is about energy,<br />
… and another major idea for us is<br />
reforestation.<br />
To get moving on these things, I<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 79
feel that we have to entice<br />
a percentage of Haitian<br />
intellectuals and professionals<br />
living abroad. …<br />
According to the Inter-<br />
American Development<br />
Bank, that’s 83% of our<br />
intellectuals and professionals.<br />
I feel we have to<br />
entice a percentage of<br />
them to come back.<br />
Wagner: To reverse the<br />
brain drain.<br />
Raymond Joseph: To<br />
reverse the brain drain.<br />
So, knowing that you work with the<br />
future, I felt I may come and tell you<br />
what I think I need.<br />
Mack: Well, let us be honest in the<br />
sense of full disclosure. We [the<br />
World Future Society] are a convening<br />
and a publishing house. We do<br />
articles on a range of issues, but certainly<br />
one of the most powerful stories<br />
that we are able to tell is the<br />
story of organizations, countries,<br />
and even individuals who have<br />
taken their own future under advisement<br />
and are working to make it<br />
better, in order to avoid repeating<br />
the mistakes of the past and improve<br />
the quality of life for those that cannot<br />
speak for themselves.<br />
Wagner: I would welcome an<br />
article that would tell the rest of the<br />
world what it is you need, step-bystep.<br />
How do you build a future?<br />
Mack: Another thing we should be<br />
clear about: The Society is in fact a<br />
neutral clearinghouse, and that gives<br />
us our authenticity and the trust that<br />
we have with our readers. But also it<br />
makes us very interested in finding<br />
the truth and making it clear to an<br />
international audience. And that international<br />
audience is spread across<br />
citizens and academics, policy makers,<br />
corporate leaders—a wide range<br />
of people who would be very interested<br />
in the future of Haiti.<br />
Wagner: We also tell stories when<br />
other media outlets aren’t interested<br />
in them. And that is a very big problem<br />
with the attention span in the<br />
United States. We had this horrific<br />
crisis in Haiti with the earthquake,<br />
and people reached out to their fellow<br />
man, because that’s what we humans<br />
do.<br />
Mack: But we don’t do it for very<br />
long.<br />
Raymond Joseph<br />
80 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong><br />
Wagner: We don’t<br />
do it for very long,<br />
and that’s the media<br />
problem that we have.<br />
And that’s where I<br />
think THE FUTURIST<br />
is very different. We<br />
had a story on alternative<br />
technologies that<br />
are very low cost—energy,<br />
water filtration, a<br />
bicycle built for cargo.<br />
That’s the kind of<br />
story that doesn’t really<br />
make headlines,<br />
so that’s what we try to do: focus attention<br />
on problems and how they<br />
can be solved. The story of Haiti’s<br />
potential catastrophes was very well<br />
known to people who were watching<br />
the trends.<br />
You mentioned reforestation—that<br />
was the first thing that came to my<br />
mind. If you’re starting to rebuild<br />
the country, you need to build the<br />
natural resources back up and get<br />
your entire population involved, one<br />
person at a time: “Plant one tree and<br />
you will help your country.” That’s<br />
very motivating and it’s very doable.<br />
Mack: Right. And we’ve seen reforestation<br />
models in other parts of<br />
the world (Mongolia,<br />
for example, which is<br />
very arid) work very<br />
well.<br />
Wagner: Getting into<br />
the politics of international<br />
aid: People become<br />
very frustrated<br />
when their donations sit<br />
on the docks and don’t<br />
go into the country.<br />
Then you come into the<br />
problem where people<br />
want to help you and<br />
Timothy Mack<br />
then stop helping you.<br />
And you can’t have that<br />
stop. You still need people to contribute,<br />
but for your own people [to<br />
contribute as well]; they’re the ones<br />
who live there. They also can contribute—more<br />
than they think they<br />
can.<br />
Mack: And as well, self-reliance is<br />
a strong position to negotiate from.<br />
When the country is rejuvenating itself,<br />
you don’t have to rely on what I<br />
would call unreliable assistance.<br />
Wagner: You also don’t need the<br />
experts to do the futures for you. We<br />
h a v e f o u n d t h a t c o m m u n i t y<br />
groups—in Michigan, for example—<br />
have been very useful in dealing<br />
with the auto industry crisis in their<br />
own communities. They get town<br />
hall groups together to start discussing<br />
“Where do we want our community<br />
to be? What do we want?” You<br />
start with that vision, and then you<br />
work back and build the steps to get<br />
there. The term for that is “backcasting.”<br />
You can call it “envisioning the<br />
future,” whatever you want to, but it<br />
is a process, and communities can do<br />
that.<br />
Mack: It is a trusted process, and<br />
it’s worked well elsewhere. That<br />
point is very important, because it<br />
seems to me one of the great crises<br />
that Haiti faces—and perhaps one<br />
you respond to—is the trust in the<br />
present government. That must be<br />
addressed, and that trust must be rebuilt,<br />
regardless.<br />
Wagner: So part of the enticement,<br />
of bringing the intellectuals back<br />
into Haiti, has to be from Haiti itself.<br />
Raymond Joseph: Right.<br />
Mack: The chance is for them to<br />
have a real hand in building Haiti’s<br />
glorious future. It’s much more possible<br />
for change to occur in smaller<br />
countries. The United<br />
States is so large and it<br />
has so many people<br />
wrestling for the future<br />
of the country, while<br />
Haiti has one national<br />
culture instead of 40 national<br />
cultures, as we<br />
see in the United States.<br />
And a vision that can be<br />
built with a country that<br />
has a scale that is workable<br />
and a sense of the<br />
national culture is extraordinary<br />
and could<br />
be done very quickly. So<br />
I’m saying that there are real opportunities<br />
here.<br />
Raymond Joseph: So if I understand,<br />
you work in the realm of<br />
ideas.<br />
Mack: And the possible, too; we<br />
work not just in the realm of ideas,<br />
but in the realm of making those<br />
ideas practical and implementable.<br />
Paul Joseph: If I may, I would like<br />
to have the theme of this meeting go<br />
from the possible, which is the art of<br />
politics, to the implementable. I
talked with some friends of mine at<br />
the church I go to; we have our goals<br />
set out for our congregation for the<br />
year, and I said one of the things we<br />
have to approach every one of our<br />
goals with is, How do we get it<br />
done?<br />
Part of the reason that I set this<br />
meeting up was because I understood<br />
the synergies between the two<br />
entities. Wheaton College anthropology<br />
[indicating Raymond Joseph, who<br />
holds a bachelor’s degree in anthropology<br />
from Wheaton College in Illinois],<br />
political destabilizer, and very successful<br />
at it. You’re the futurist, that’s<br />
anthropology and projections, the<br />
modeling of case histories.<br />
Mack: Right.<br />
Paul Joseph: Then, here you have<br />
here the editor [indicating Wagner],<br />
he’s an editor [indicating Raymond<br />
Joseph]—that’s how the destabilization<br />
of the Duvalier regime came<br />
about, through the newspaper my<br />
father and my uncle founded. I<br />
looked at all the synergies, and I<br />
thought you’re speaking the same<br />
languages, just not in the exact same<br />
animal, for lack of a better term, with<br />
which Haiti now is identified. In<br />
shaping the future of what the country<br />
can be, that [becomes a] blueprint<br />
that you can use as a model. If another<br />
Katrina hits someplace else, or<br />
a tsunami, here’s what happened in<br />
Haiti, and here’s how we rebuilt,<br />
here’s what we’re doing in Mongolia,<br />
here is what’s going on there.<br />
Mack: Right. And one [goal] is to<br />
bring implementable, on-theground,<br />
transportable, and affordable<br />
technologies that can be put in<br />
place quickly. We certainly heard a<br />
lot about the use of communication<br />
technologies in Haiti, where when<br />
the networks were cut off, the people<br />
were able to keep communications,<br />
information, flowing about need,<br />
about damage, about fatalities, about<br />
the immediate triage that was required.<br />
Those were very helpful.…<br />
As we all know, Haiti will always<br />
be in the path of harm. And I don’t<br />
mean politically, I mean from the environment,<br />
from the growing problems<br />
that we see with climate<br />
change, from the instability of the<br />
land. We really focus on how new<br />
technology affects people’s lives—is<br />
it practical? One of the things that<br />
happens in a country which has seen<br />
crisis is that entrepreneurial forces<br />
come from around the world—<br />
largely from the United States—and<br />
say, “I have such a wonderful deal:<br />
I’d be glad to share this technology<br />
with you, only five million dollars.”<br />
Wagner: That was the other point I<br />
think we can make about starting<br />
small and at the grassroots. We talk<br />
about new technologies, but there<br />
are also social technologies. And one<br />
thing that I think would be very implementable<br />
would be the microlending<br />
programs that have been<br />
very widely …<br />
Raymond Joseph: Microfinance.<br />
Mack: Yes, microfinance.<br />
Wagner: Yes, absolutely, lending to<br />
your neighbors, community lending:<br />
“What do I have that can help you?”<br />
But what you face is a collection of<br />
problems, and the decision has to be<br />
made, what do you tackle first?<br />
Mack: And of course the biggest<br />
problem you face is leadership.<br />
Raymond Joseph: That’s it, that’s<br />
it.<br />
Mack: And how do you get the<br />
strong leadership that is necessary to<br />
make this change even be considered.<br />
Paul Joseph: This is where I feel<br />
the first step had to be made. I<br />
thought that all day and last night as<br />
well, and how specifically the World<br />
Future Society can help, because it<br />
has such an extensive reach. These<br />
two men [indicating Emmanuel Henry<br />
and Raymond Joseph], with their collective<br />
experience, have a vast<br />
wealth of knowledge and an extensive<br />
network in Haiti. If you want<br />
the facts, if you want the figures, if<br />
you want the information that very<br />
few people know and you show that<br />
you can use it to the best advantage<br />
of the country, I’m sure they would<br />
be willing to make some of it available.<br />
…<br />
Now, where that information can<br />
best be utilized and with the right<br />
parties, … that’s the way that the<br />
story of what’s gone wrong with<br />
Haiti can gain a much larger international<br />
audience and institute the<br />
changes instead of the OAS [Organization<br />
of American States] and the<br />
UN and whoever else saying, “Let’s<br />
have a runoff of the candidates” in a<br />
fraudulent election already. Change<br />
that story to, let’s say, “If you have a<br />
runoff of this kind of election, then<br />
you deny, historically speaking, the<br />
legitimacy of the United States’<br />
birth, because it was a country that<br />
rebelled against unjust rule.” You<br />
have to support the rebellion against<br />
unjust rule today, or the hypocrisy is<br />
too outlandish.<br />
…<br />
Wagner: [But] if you can outline<br />
the vision of your future, that’s the<br />
story that we can tell.<br />
Mack: We can certainly help you<br />
with shaping that story. And we can<br />
help you with telling that story. But<br />
the telling may be on a little longer<br />
timeframe than the immediate<br />
March crisis … or, you know, the 7th<br />
of February.<br />
Wagner: Think of this as postcrisis<br />
thinking.<br />
…<br />
Raymond Joseph: Mr. Mack here,<br />
he says: Work on the blueprint, the<br />
future you want to see. And then<br />
come and visit and see …<br />
Wagner: And instruct us.<br />
Mack: Right.… It seems to me the<br />
first step would be for us to put together<br />
a list of people you should be<br />
talking to.<br />
So let me ask you, What are your<br />
next steps? What are you hoping to<br />
accomplish in the next few weeks?<br />
Raymond Joseph: My next steps.<br />
That’s what I’ve been working on.<br />
Since I was bumped off the ballot, I<br />
have stayed in Haiti and worked<br />
with various candidates—some who<br />
were running, and some who were<br />
not running—and looking towards<br />
having a large coalition for future<br />
change. That’s my goal. I’m not even<br />
considering myself as a candidate<br />
for the president of Haiti.<br />
Mack: Well you know who comes<br />
to mind, I mean, you look at South<br />
Africa and the history of South Africa,<br />
you know, there were years and<br />
years of struggle. No, I’m not suggesting<br />
you should spend any time<br />
in prison like Nelson Mandela, but<br />
another name in that group is Desmond<br />
Tutu: you know, people who<br />
had not a formal role in the government,<br />
but enormous influence.<br />
Raymond Joseph: That’s the way<br />
I’ve been through the years, you<br />
know? I fought the dictatorship of<br />
Duvalier, I fought against Aristide<br />
<strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong> 81
and … his kind. And I was condemned<br />
for death in absentia.<br />
Mack: Yes, I know that. And, as<br />
you know, some people who are<br />
condemned to death in absentia had<br />
it come and visit them.…<br />
Raymond Joseph: What I have<br />
tried to do in the past, building a coalition<br />
of ethical leaderships, has<br />
been successful. Since they have<br />
bumped me off the ballot as for the<br />
presidency, I’ve come back. Now we<br />
have quite a few candidates for presidency.<br />
I want to tell them you cannot<br />
all be president of Haiti, but you<br />
can all work for change.<br />
Mack: Yes. You can all be friends<br />
of Haiti.<br />
Raymond Joseph: Exactly. So, let’s<br />
work together to do this. And immediately,<br />
the next thing I’m doing is to<br />
help annul the election that took<br />
place, which was not an election.<br />
That’s what I’m working on right<br />
now.<br />
Mack: Are you also working on<br />
observers for the coming elections,<br />
too, or is that something that will<br />
happen no matter what?<br />
Raymond Joseph: We haven’t gotten<br />
there yet. However, the first<br />
democratic elections in Haiti, in<br />
1990—December 16th—I was the<br />
one that signed the agreement with<br />
the OAS back then. I was the representative<br />
of the country to the OAS;<br />
the UN took that agreement and expanded<br />
on it, and we had 3,000 observers<br />
in Haiti the week of the elections.<br />
So I’m used to doing that. And<br />
I will want to—in the elections coming<br />
up, after we get through this harrowing<br />
year—to have the best observer<br />
teams. I brought President<br />
Carter to Haiti in 1990, and others. I<br />
want to get to that point in the next<br />
elections coming up, which will<br />
probably be in a year, because this<br />
thing here that they’re trying to<br />
patch up, they cannot patch it up.<br />
They’re trying to patch it up at the<br />
level of the presidential elections.<br />
However, the fraud was widespread.<br />
It was at the legislative [level] also.<br />
Mack: And that may be very selfdefeating<br />
in the sense that a weak<br />
government does not last, especially<br />
if that government is clearly<br />
founded on fraud.<br />
Raymond Joseph: Exactly.<br />
Mack: We know many people, but<br />
mobilizing them within days or<br />
weeks—I would be honest with you<br />
and say it’s unrealistic based on our<br />
capabilities, our staff, and our resources.<br />
However, mobilizing<br />
the kind of organization<br />
for change that you’re<br />
talking about, and helping<br />
you not only put together<br />
a plan, but also<br />
[figuring out] who<br />
should be part of that<br />
and give you some nonprofits<br />
from a range of<br />
areas, or at least people<br />
that are not seen as political<br />
to say, “Yes, this is<br />
the direction, this is<br />
how Haiti should think<br />
about its own future,” we can be<br />
helpful with that.<br />
Paul Joseph: … and because they<br />
don’t have any political allegiance as<br />
well. They’re more credible because<br />
they’re not interested for the profit<br />
motives.<br />
Raymond Joseph: And to be frank<br />
with you, since the earthquake, Haiti<br />
has had too many NGOs, so much so<br />
that now they’re calling Haiti “The<br />
Republic of NGOs.” They’re saying<br />
ten thousand. There’s no coordination.<br />
Mack: They all have their own<br />
agendas, and therefore they step on<br />
each other.<br />
Raymond Joseph: And you don’t<br />
see what they accomplish.<br />
Wagner: There’s duplication and<br />
gaps.<br />
Mack: Also, they are there to accomplish<br />
what they are built for,<br />
which is their own, their own …<br />
Paul Joseph: … agendas.<br />
Mack: Not just agendas; their own<br />
pride. You’ve seen that. You know,<br />
NGOs are very proud. And they are<br />
very moral, but not always in a good<br />
way: “Maybe you should change the<br />
way you live your life because I say<br />
so.” Too much of that in NGOs.<br />
Let me just say one last thing,<br />
which is, I think that what we bring<br />
is tools for the people of Haiti to use,<br />
as opposed to rules for the people of<br />
Haiti to follow.<br />
Henry: That’s well said.<br />
Raymond Joseph: Good. That’s<br />
well said. I will take that. I want to<br />
take that sentence.<br />
“Haiti has too<br />
many NGOs,<br />
so much so that<br />
now they are<br />
calling Haiti<br />
‘The Republic<br />
of NGOs.’”<br />
Raymond Joseph<br />
Henry: And when you have ten<br />
thousand NGOs, everybody wants<br />
to pull you in different directions.<br />
“My direction is better; yours is better,”<br />
and nothing is accomplished,<br />
nothing is<br />
achieved.<br />
Mack: But we’re very,<br />
very pleased that you<br />
would come here and<br />
talk to us about this,<br />
and we want to be as<br />
helpful as we can.<br />
Raymond Joseph:<br />
And I’m going to tell<br />
you, also, Paul has tried<br />
to get me to talk to various<br />
people, and you<br />
know …<br />
Mack: Some you say,<br />
“Yes,” some you say, “No.”<br />
Raymond Joseph: When he talked<br />
about you, I said I want to come. Not<br />
because I know you’re going to help<br />
me solve the problem right away,<br />
but that you can help me think about<br />
the future.<br />
Mack: And one of the things we<br />
can do is bring together a group that<br />
could meet with you at some time in<br />
the future, when you have a better<br />
sense of what the next year, for example,<br />
is going to look like. That<br />
we’d be very interested in. And certainly<br />
we know a lot of groups that<br />
were active in Haiti in a positive<br />
way, more in the way that I described,<br />
bringing tools to the people.<br />
Henry: More the tools than the<br />
rules!<br />
Paul Joseph: Yeah!<br />
Mack: Yes.<br />
Raymond Joseph: Yes.<br />
★ ★ ★<br />
Editor’s note: Three days after our<br />
meeting, on January 16, exiled dictat<br />
o r J e a n - C l a u d e “ Baby D o c”<br />
Duvalier returned to Haiti, accompanied<br />
by heavy security. Ousted President<br />
Jean- Bertrand Aristide also returned<br />
from exile, arriving in<br />
Port-au-Prince just two days before a<br />
runoff between the two top vote getters<br />
in the disputed 2010 election.<br />
The results were not known at the<br />
time of publication.<br />
❑<br />
82 <strong>Urgent</strong> <strong>Warnings</strong>, <strong>Breakthrough</strong> <strong>Solutions</strong>